TEX20/TEX20 Pro/TEX20S/

TEX20T/TEX20 Exp/TEX20
Elite/TEX10/TEX10 Pro/
TEX10S/TEX10T/TEX10 Exp/
TEX10 Elite/TE X/TE X Lite

Diagnostic Ultrasound
System

Service Manual

Version 1.0
P/N: 046-026705-00
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

Table of Contents

1 Preface........................................................................................................................................... 25
1.1 Revision History ............................................................................................................................. 25
1.2 Intellectual Property Statement ................................................................................................... 26
1.3 Applicability..................................................................................................................................... 27
1.4 Responsibility of Mindray.............................................................................................................. 28
1.5 Warranty Statements .................................................................................................................... 29
1.6 Service Contact.............................................................................................................................. 30
1.7 Descriptions Committed ............................................................................................................... 31
1.8 Safety Precautions ........................................................................................................................ 32
2 Product Knowledge................................................................................................................ 39
2.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 39
2.1.1 Intended Use.................................................................................................................................. 39

2.1.2 System Appearance ...................................................................................................................... 39

2.1.3 Peripherals Supported ................................................................................................................... 40

2.2 Specifications ................................................................................................................................. 41

2.2.1 Physical Specifications .................................................................................................................. 41

2.2.2 Electrical Specifications ................................................................................................................. 41

2.2.3 Environmental Specifications ........................................................................................................ 41

2.2.4 Display Specifications.................................................................................................................... 41

2.3 Product Principle............................................................................................................................ 42

2.3.1 Overall Architecture of Hardware System ..................................................................................... 42

2.3.1.1 Hardware System Diagram ............................................................................................................42

2.3.2 USB Distribution Scheme of Main Board....................................................................................... 43

2.3.2.1 USB Distribution Scheme of Main Board ........................................................................................43

2.3.3 Video Extension Scheme............................................................................................................... 44

2.3.3.1 Video Extension Scheme ...............................................................................................................44

iii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

2.3.4 Main board assembly..................................................................................................................... 45

2.3.4.1 Block Diagram of Main Board.........................................................................................................45

2.3.4.2 Frontend of the Main Board............................................................................................................46

2.3.4.3 Backend of the Main Board ............................................................................................................47

2.3.5 PC Module ..................................................................................................................................... 48

2.3.5.1 PC Module.....................................................................................................................................48

2.3.6 GPU Module .................................................................................................................................. 48

2.3.6.1 GPU Module ..................................................................................................................................48

2.3.7 Probe Board ................................................................................................................................... 49

2.3.7.1 Probe Board ..................................................................................................................................49

2.3.8 Power Supply Unit ......................................................................................................................... 50

2.3.8.1 Block Diagram of Power Supply Unit ..............................................................................................50

2.3.8.2 AC-DC board .................................................................................................................................51

2.3.8.3 Mobile Trolley Connecting Board....................................................................................................51

2.3.8.4 Auxiliary Output Conversion Board.................................................................................................51

2.3.8.5 Battery Management Board ...........................................................................................................52

2.3.8.6 Wireless charging module..............................................................................................................53

2.3.8.7 Timing Sequence of System Power-on and Power-Off ...................................................................54

2.3.9 UI Unit ............................................................................................................................................ 57

2.3.9.1 Block Diagram of the UI Unit ..........................................................................................................57

2.3.9.2 Monitor Assembly ..........................................................................................................................58

2.3.9.3 Display conversion board...............................................................................................................59

2.3.9.4 Conversion Board of Movement Mechanism_PCBA.......................................................................59

2.3.10 Wireless Probe Charging Station ................................................................................................ 60

2.3.10.1 Wireless Probe Charging Station (Not Released) .........................................................................60

2.3.11 ECG Module................................................................................................................................. 60

2.3.11.1 ECG Module ................................................................................................................................60

2.3.12 System Power-on Control............................................................................................................ 62

2.3.12.1 System Power-on Control ............................................................................................................62

iv
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

2.4 Probes and Needle Guides .......................................................................................................... 63

2.4.1 Probes............................................................................................................................................ 63

2.4.2 Needle Guides ............................................................................................................................... 67

3 Installation................................................................................................................................... 70
3.1 Site Preparations ........................................................................................................................... 70
3.1.1 Environmental Requirements ........................................................................................................ 70

3.1.1.1 Environmental Requirements .........................................................................................................70

3.1.2 Power Supply Requirements ......................................................................................................... 70

3.1.2.1 Power Supply Requirements..........................................................................................................70

3.1.3 EMI Limitation ................................................................................................................................ 71

3.1.3.1 EMI Limitation................................................................................................................................71

3.1.4 Package Specifications.................................................................................................................. 72

3.1.4.1 Package Specifications..................................................................................................................72

3.1.5 Space Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 73

3.1.5.1 Physical Dimensions......................................................................................................................73

3.1.5.2 Space Requirements .....................................................................................................................73

3.1.6 Network Requirements .................................................................................................................. 74

3.1.6.1 Network Requirements ..................................................................................................................74

3.1.7 Other Requirements ...................................................................................................................... 74

3.1.7.1 Other Requirements.......................................................................................................................74

3.2 Unpacking....................................................................................................................................... 75
3.2.1 Packing Box ................................................................................................................................... 75

3.2.2 Checking the Package ................................................................................................................... 75

3.2.3 Unpacking Tools............................................................................................................................. 76

3.2.4 Unpacking the Device .................................................................................................................... 76

3.2.5 Checking Unpacked Items............................................................................................................. 80

3.3 Transporting the Main Unit ........................................................................................................... 80

3.3.1 Transporting the Unpacked Main Unit ........................................................................................... 80

3.4 Installation of Whole Device......................................................................................................... 81

v
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

3.4.1 Connecting the External Power Supply ......................................................................................... 81

3.4.2 Installing the Main Unit Box Assembly........................................................................................... 81

3.4.3 Installing the Display Assembly ..................................................................................................... 84

3.4.4 Installing the Storage Basket ......................................................................................................... 86

3.4.5 Installing the Big Probe Holder and the Small Probe Holder......................................................... 87

3.4.6 Installing Batteries.......................................................................................................................... 89

3.4.7 Installing the Wireless Probe Charging Station ............................................................................. 90

3.4.8 Installing the Wireless Charging Module ....................................................................................... 90

3.4.9 Connecting the probe..................................................................................................................... 96

3.5 Adjusting the System .................................................................................................................... 97

3.5.1 Adjusting the Display ..................................................................................................................... 97

3.6 Connecting Peripherals ................................................................................................................ 98

3.6.1 Connecting the Footswitch ............................................................................................................ 98

3.6.2 Connecting the Video Printer......................................................................................................... 98

3.6.3 Connecting the Graphic/Text Printer.............................................................................................. 99

3.6.4 Connecting the Wireless Printer .................................................................................................. 100

3.6.5 Connecting the Barcode Reader ................................................................................................. 100

3.7 Software Setup.............................................................................................................................101

3.7.1 Starting the System...................................................................................................................... 101

3.7.2 Entering the Doppler Screen ....................................................................................................... 102

3.7.3 Setting Hospital Information......................................................................................................... 102

3.7.4 Setting the System Date and Time .............................................................................................. 102

3.7.5 Setting the System Language...................................................................................................... 102

3.7.6 Setting the Screensaver and Standby Mode ............................................................................... 103

3.7.7 Setting the Image/Clip Storage.................................................................................................... 103

3.7.8 Setting the Probe Button Functions ............................................................................................. 103

3.7.9 Setting the Wireless Probe .......................................................................................................... 103

3.7.10 Setting the Printer ...................................................................................................................... 104

3.7.11 Setting the Footswitch................................................................................................................ 105

3.7.12 Setting the Network Barcode Scanner ...................................................................................... 105

vi
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

3.7.13 Connecting to the Network ........................................................................................................ 109

3.7.14 Setting the DICOM/HL7 ..............................................................................................................112

3.7.15 Setting User Permissions .......................................................................................................... 123

3.7.16 Setting the Security Policy ......................................................................................................... 127

4 Function and Performance Check ...............................................................................129

4.1 Description....................................................................................................................................129
4.1.1 Description ................................................................................................................................... 129

4.2 Device Status Check...................................................................................................................129

4.2.1 Running Status ............................................................................................................................ 129

4.2.2 Operating Environment................................................................................................................ 129

4.3 Routine Check..............................................................................................................................130

4.3.1 Check Process............................................................................................................................. 130

4.3.1.1 Check Process ............................................................................................................................130

4.3.2 Check Items ................................................................................................................................. 131

4.3.2.1 Checking the Display ...................................................................................................................131

4.3.2.2 Checking the Touch Panel............................................................................................................132

4.3.2.3 Checking Peripherals...................................................................................................................132

4.3.2.4 Checking the ECG Function.........................................................................................................133

4.3.2.5 Checking the I/O Port...................................................................................................................133

4.4 Function Check ............................................................................................................................133

4.4.1 Check Process............................................................................................................................. 133

4.4.1.1 Check Process ............................................................................................................................133

4.4.2 Check Items ................................................................................................................................. 134

4.4.2.1 Checking All Image Modes...........................................................................................................134

4.4.2.2 Checking Basic Measurements ....................................................................................................140

4.4.2.3 Checking the Cine Mode ..............................................................................................................141

4.4.2.4 Checking Usage of the Probe.......................................................................................................142

4.4.2.5 Checking Images and Managing Videos ......................................................................................142

4.5 Performance Test.........................................................................................................................143

vii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

4.5.1 Test Process ................................................................................................................................ 143

4.5.1.1 Test Process ................................................................................................................................143

4.5.2 Test Items..................................................................................................................................... 144

4.5.2.1 Transverse Resolution .................................................................................................................144

4.5.2.2 Axial Resolution ...........................................................................................................................144

4.5.2.3 Maximum Detection Depth ...........................................................................................................145

4.5.2.4 Axial Geometric Positioning Accuracy ..........................................................................................146

4.5.2.5 Lateral Geometric Positioning Accuracy .......................................................................................147

4.5.2.6 Dead Zone...................................................................................................................................148

5 Maintenance .............................................................................................................................150
5.1 Care and Maintenance................................................................................................................150
5.1.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 150

5.1.1.1 Description ..................................................................................................................................150

5.1.1.2 Tools, Measurement Devices and Consumables ..........................................................................150

5.1.1.3 Routine Maintenance Items..........................................................................................................151

5.1.2 System Cleaning.......................................................................................................................... 152

5.1.2.1 Flow of Cleaning ..........................................................................................................................152

5.1.2.2 Cleaning the Dust-Proof Filter ......................................................................................................152

5.1.2.3 Cleaning the Display (Touch Screen) ...........................................................................................153

5.1.2.4 Cleaning the Probe ......................................................................................................................153

5.1.2.5 Cleaning the Probe Holder ...........................................................................................................154

5.1.2.6 Cleaning the Machine Shell..........................................................................................................154

5.1.2.7 Peripherals to Be Cleaned ...........................................................................................................154

5.1.2.8 Cleaning ECG Cables ..................................................................................................................157

5.1.3 Inspection..................................................................................................................................... 158

5.1.3.1 General Inspections .....................................................................................................................158

5.1.3.2 System Function Inspection .........................................................................................................158

5.1.3.3 Inspection of Peripherals and Optional Functions .........................................................................159

5.1.3.4 Mechanical Safety Inspection.......................................................................................................160

viii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

5.1.3.5 Electrical Safety Inspection ..........................................................................................................161

5.2 Software Maintenance ................................................................................................................162

5.2.1 Viewing System Information ........................................................................................................ 162

5.2.1.1 Viewing System Information.........................................................................................................162

5.2.2 Logging in as the Service User .................................................................................................... 163

5.2.2.1 Logging In to the Service Account ................................................................................................163

5.2.3 Importing Configuration File after SSD Replacement ................................................................. 165

5.2.3.1 Importing Configuration File after SSD Replacement....................................................................165

5.2.4 Recovering the Software ............................................................................................................. 167

5.2.4.1 Recovering the Software..............................................................................................................167

5.2.5 Self-Tests ..................................................................................................................................... 167

5.2.5.1 Self-test Introduction ....................................................................................................................167

5.2.5.2 Operation Procedure of Maintenance Self-test .............................................................................167

5.2.5.3 User Self-Test ..............................................................................................................................173

5.2.5.4 Test Report ..................................................................................................................................174

5.2.6 Exporting and Viewing Logs ........................................................................................................ 177

5.2.6.1 Exporting Logs.............................................................................................................................177

5.2.6.2 Viewing Logs ...............................................................................................................................178

5.2.7 Optional Software Function Management ................................................................................... 179

5.2.7.1 Installing Optional Functions ........................................................................................................179

5.2.7.2 Uninstalling Optional Functions ....................................................................................................180

5.2.7.3 Trying Out Optional Functions......................................................................................................180

5.2.7.4 Promoting Optional Functions ......................................................................................................181

5.2.8 Preset Data Management............................................................................................................ 182

5.2.8.1 Operation Instructions..................................................................................................................182

5.2.8.2 Backing Up the Preset Data .........................................................................................................182

5.2.8.3 Restoring the Preset Data ............................................................................................................182

5.2.8.4 Restoring Factory Settings ...........................................................................................................183

5.2.9 Patient Data Management ........................................................................................................... 183

ix
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

5.2.9.1 Backing Up Patient Data ..............................................................................................................183

5.2.9.2 Restoring Patient Data .................................................................................................................184

5.2.9.3 Deleting Patient Data ...................................................................................................................184

5.2.9.4 Sending Patient Data ...................................................................................................................184

5.2.10 Recycle Bin Management.......................................................................................................... 185

5.2.10.1 Recycle Bin Management ..........................................................................................................185

6 Upgrade ......................................................................................................................................187
6.1 Upgrade of the Operating System and Ultrasound Application Software ...........................187
6.1.1 Obtaining Software ...................................................................................................................... 187

6.1.2 Upgrade Method .......................................................................................................................... 187

6.2 Upgrading Optional Software Functions ..................................................................................187

6.2.1 Upgrade Method of Optional Software Functions ....................................................................... 187

6.3 Upgrading Hardware Optional Functions.................................................................................188

6.3.1 List of Hardware Optional Accessories........................................................................................ 188

6.3.1.1 List of Hardware Optional Accessories .........................................................................................188

6.3.2 Upgrade Method .......................................................................................................................... 190

6.3.2.1 Upgrading the Printer Bracket Assembly ......................................................................................190

6.3.2.2 Upgrading the Towelette Holder Assembly ...................................................................................190

6.3.2.3 Upgrading the Storage Box ..........................................................................................................190

6.3.2.4 Upgrading the ECG Module .........................................................................................................191

6.3.2.5 Upgrading Functions of the Wireless Probe Charging Station.......................................................191

6.3.2.6 Upgrading the Wireless Charging Module ....................................................................................192

7 FRU Replacement..................................................................................................................193
7.1 Before Assembly/Disassembly ..................................................................................................193
7.1.1 System Structure ......................................................................................................................... 193

7.1.2 Unpacking Tools........................................................................................................................... 193

7.1.3 Personnel Requirements ............................................................................................................. 194

7.1.4 Assembly/Disassembly Requirements ........................................................................................ 194

7.1.5 Sketch .......................................................................................................................................... 194

x
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.2 Display Assembly (FRU) ............................................................................................................195

7.2.1 General Information ..................................................................................................................... 195

7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................... 195

7.2.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................. 196

7.3 Speaker (FRU) .............................................................................................................................197

7.3.1 General Information ..................................................................................................................... 197

7.3.2 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................... 197

7.3.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................. 198

7.4 Display Rotatory Assy (With conversion board/FRU) ............................................................199

7.4.1 General Information ..................................................................................................................... 199

7.4.2 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................... 199

7.4.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................. 201

7.5 LCD Signal cable (HDMI) ...........................................................................................................201

7.5.1 General Information ..................................................................................................................... 201

7.5.2 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................... 202

7.5.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................. 203

7.6 LCD Power supply_Control signal cable..................................................................................204

7.6.1 General Information ..................................................................................................................... 204

7.6.2 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................... 204

7.6.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................. 205

7.7 Main unit front cover ....................................................................................................................205

7.7.1 General Information ..................................................................................................................... 205

7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................... 205

7.7.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................. 207

7.8 Slide assembly .............................................................................................................................207

7.8.1 General Information ..................................................................................................................... 207

7.8.2 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................... 207

7.8.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................. 208

7.9 Probe Board Assembly (FRU) ...................................................................................................209

7.9.1 General Information ..................................................................................................................... 209

xi
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.9.2 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................... 209

7.9.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................. 210

7.10 Release lever (2142).................................................................................................................210

7.10.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 210

7.10.2 Disassembly and Assembly........................................................................................................211

7.10.3 Commissioning and Verification .................................................................................................211

7.11 PC Module (FRU) ......................................................................................................................212

7.11.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 212

7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly ....................................................................................................... 212

7.11.3 Commissioning and Verification................................................................................................. 214

7.12 GPU Module (FRU) ...................................................................................................................215

7.12.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 215

7.12.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 215

7.12.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 216

7.13 Main Board Assembly (FRU) ...................................................................................................216

7.13.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 216

7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 218

7.13.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 219

7.14 Display Conversion Board (Main unit end/FRU)...................................................................220

7.14.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 220

7.14.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 220

7.14.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 221

7.15 SSD Card(FRU).........................................................................................................................221

7.15.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 221

7.15.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 222

7.15.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 223

7.16 Wi-Fi module Wi-Fi + BT ..........................................................................................................224

7.16.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 224

7.16.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 225

7.16.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 225

xii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.17 Main Unit Dual Fans (FRU)......................................................................................................226

7.17.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 226

7.17.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 226

7.17.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 227

7.18 Main Unit Single Fan (FRU).....................................................................................................227

7.18.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 227

7.18.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 228

7.18.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 228

7.19 Dustproof Filter (FRU) ..............................................................................................................228

7.19.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 228

7.19.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 229

7.19.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 230

7.20 Main unit back cover .................................................................................................................230

7.20.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 230

7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 230

7.20.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 232

7.21 On/off Button Board (FRU).......................................................................................................232

7.21.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 232

7.21.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 232

7.21.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 233

7.22 Hook cover (sy)..........................................................................................................................234

7.22.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 234

7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 234

7.22.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 235

7.23 Hook for wire ..............................................................................................................................235

7.23.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 235

7.23.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 235

7.23.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 236

7.24 Upper Handle Cover .................................................................................................................237

7.24.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 237

xiii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.24.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 237

7.24.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 238

7.25 Handle Assembly (FRU)...........................................................................................................238

7.25.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 238

7.25.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 239

7.25.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 241

7.26 Wireless Probe Charging Socket PCBA (FRU) ....................................................................242

7.26.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 242

7.26.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 242

7.26.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 243

7.27 Front Housing for Upper Column ............................................................................................243

7.27.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 243

7.27.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 243

7.27.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 245

7.28 Back Housing for Upper Column.............................................................................................245

7.28.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 245

7.28.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 245

7.28.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 246

7.29 Front Cover for Lower Column (FRU) ....................................................................................246

7.29.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 246

7.29.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 246

7.29.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 247

7.30 Back Cover for Yoke..................................................................................................................248

7.30.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 248

7.30.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 248

7.30.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 249

7.31 Gas spring assembly (FRU).....................................................................................................249

7.31.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 249

7.31.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 250

7.31.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 252

xiv
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.32 AC-DC Board (FRU) .................................................................................................................252

7.32.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 252

7.32.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 252

7.32.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 253

7.33 Retractable AC Cable Assembly (America) ..........................................................................253

7.33.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 253

7.33.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 254

7.33.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 255

7.34 Base Cover.................................................................................................................................255

7.34.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 255

7.34.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 255

7.34.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 257

7.35 Base Bottom Cover ...................................................................................................................258

7.35.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 258

7.35.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 258

7.35.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 259

7.36 Castor (FRU) ..............................................................................................................................260

7.36.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 260

7.36.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 260

7.36.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 261

7.37 Auxiliary Output Conversion Board (FRU).............................................................................261

7.37.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 261

7.37.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 262

7.37.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 262

7.38 Mobile Trolley Connecting Board (FRU) ................................................................................263

7.38.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 263

7.38.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 263

7.38.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 265

7.39 Big Probe Holder (FRU) ...........................................................................................................265

7.39.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 265

xv
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.39.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 266

7.39.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 267

7.40 Small Probe Holder (FRU) .......................................................................................................267

7.40.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 267

7.40.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 267

7.40.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 268

7.41 Storage basket (sy) ...................................................................................................................268

7.41.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 268

7.41.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 268

7.41.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 269

7.42 Storage Box................................................................................................................................269

7.42.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 269

7.42.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 270

7.42.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 270

7.43 2142 Storage Basket (SY) .......................................................................................................271

7.43.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 271

7.43.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 271

7.43.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 272

7.44 Towelette Holder Assembly......................................................................................................272

7.44.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 272

7.44.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 272

7.44.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 273

7.45 Printer Bracket Assembly.........................................................................................................273

7.45.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 273

7.45.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 273

7.45.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 274

7.46 Auxiliary Output Assy (FRU) ....................................................................................................275

7.46.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 275

7.46.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 275

7.46.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 276

xvi
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.47 Battery Box cover (FRU) ..........................................................................................................276

7.47.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 276

7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 277

7.47.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 277

7.48 Battery Pack indicator board (FRU)........................................................................................278

7.48.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 278

7.48.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 278

7.48.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 279

7.49 Power Management Board (FRU) ..........................................................................................280

7.49.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 280

7.49.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 280

7.49.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 281

7.50 Battery (FRU) .............................................................................................................................282

7.50.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 282

7.50.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 282

7.50.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 283

7.51 Battery Box Fan Assy (FRU)....................................................................................................283

7.51.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 283

7.51.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 283

7.51.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 285

7.52 Charging Pile base (FRU) ........................................................................................................285

7.52.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 285

7.52.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 286

7.52.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 286

7.53 Charging Pile wall mounting rack (FRU)................................................................................287

7.53.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 287

7.53.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 287

7.53.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 288

7.54 Charging Pile module (FRU)....................................................................................................289

7.54.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 289

xvii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.54.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 289

7.54.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 290

7.55 Wireless Charging Module (FRU) ...........................................................................................290

7.55.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 290

7.55.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 291

7.55.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 291

7.56 Wireless Charging Module Mounting Rack (2149/FRU) .....................................................291

7.56.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 291

7.56.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 292

7.56.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 292

7.57 Connect cable of wireless charging ........................................................................................292

7.57.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 292

7.57.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 293

7.57.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 293

7.58 Wireless Charging Guide Plate ...............................................................................................293

7.58.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 293

7.58.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 294

7.58.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 294

7.59 On/off button signal cable.........................................................................................................294

7.59.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 294

7.59.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 294

7.59.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 295

7.60 Wi-Fi antenna (User).................................................................................................................295

7.60.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 295

7.60.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 296

7.60.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 297

7.61 Wi-Fi antenna (Probe) ..............................................................................................................297

7.61.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 297

7.61.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 297

7.61.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 298

xviii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

7.62 Spring Cable...............................................................................................................................298

7.62.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 298

7.62.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 299

7.62.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 301

7.63 Trolley-main unit magnetic attraction cable ...........................................................................301

7.63.1 General Information ................................................................................................................... 301

7.63.2 Disassembly and Assembly....................................................................................................... 301

7.63.3 Commissioning and Verification ................................................................................................ 302

8 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................303
8.1 System Diagnosis and Support .................................................................................................303
8.1.1 Indicators ..................................................................................................................................... 303

8.1.2 System Status Indicator ............................................................................................................... 309

8.1.3 System Startup Process ...............................................................................................................311

8.1.4 Battery Health Status ................................................................................................................... 312

8.1.5 Self-test ........................................................................................................................................ 313

8.1.6 Logs ............................................................................................................................................. 313

8.2 Troubleshooting for Errors with Alarm Reporting....................................................................315

8.2.1 Battery Errors ............................................................................................................................... 315

8.2.1.1 "Battery communication error. The battery capacity cannot be displayed properly or the current
battery cannot be used." ...................................................................................................................315

8.2.1.2 "Battery error. Batteries cannot be charged and discharged properly." ..........................................316

8.2.2 Voltage Errors .............................................................................................................................. 316

8.2.2.1 V1010: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ................................................................................316

8.2.2.2 V214: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ..................................................................................317

8.2.2.3 V215: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ..................................................................................318

8.2.2.4 V217: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ..................................................................................319

8.2.2.5 V1005: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ................................................................................320

8.2.2.6 V1006: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ................................................................................321

8.2.2.7 V216: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ..................................................................................322

xix
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

8.2.2.8 V1008: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ................................................................................323

8.2.2.9 V1009: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ................................................................................324

8.2.2.10 V1003: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ..............................................................................325

8.2.2.11 V1002: System Monitor: Power supply alert!...............................................................................326

8.2.2.12 V031: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ................................................................................327

8.2.2.13 V032: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ................................................................................328

8.2.2.14 V033: System Monitor: Power supply alert! ................................................................................329

8.2.3 Temperature Errors ...................................................................................................................... 330

8.2.3.1 T1001: Temperature alert! Please clean the dust-proof filter. ........................................................330

8.2.3.2 T202: Temperature alert! Please clean the dust-proof filter. ..........................................................332

8.2.3.3 T203: Temperature alert! Please clean the dust-proof filter. ..........................................................333

8.2.3.4 T205: Temperature alert! Please clean the dust-proof filter. ..........................................................334

8.2.3.5 T1000: FPGA temperature alarm. Please save the current data quickly. Shut down in xx
seconds. ..........................................................................................................................................335

8.2.3.6 T006: CPU temperature alarm. Please save the current data quickly. Shut down in xx
seconds. ..........................................................................................................................................337

8.2.3.7 T007: GPU temperature alarm. Please save the current data quickly. Shut down in xx
seconds. ..........................................................................................................................................338

8.2.3.8 T209: SSD temperature alarm. Please save the current data quickly. Shut down in xx
seconds. ..........................................................................................................................................340

8.2.3.9 T210: Temperature Alert! Please do not block air outlet! ...............................................................341

8.2.3.10 T211: Temperature Alert! Please do not block air outlet! .............................................................342

8.2.4 Fan Alarms................................................................................................................................... 344

8.2.4.1 F1001: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the service engineer in time. ...............344

8.2.4.2 F1002: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the service engineer in time. ...............345

8.2.4.3 F1003: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the service engineer in time. ...............346

8.2.4.4 F1004: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the service engineer in time. ...............347

8.2.4.5 F1005: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the service engineer in time. ...............349

8.2.5 PHV Errors ................................................................................................................................... 350

xx
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

8.2.5.1 P001: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................350

8.2.5.2 P002: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................351

8.2.5.3 P003: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................352

8.2.5.4 P004: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................354

8.2.5.5 P005: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................355

8.2.5.6 P006: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................356

8.2.5.7 P009: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................358

8.2.5.8 P010: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................359

8.2.5.9 P014: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device. .............................................................................................................................................360

8.2.5.10 P016: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................362

8.2.5.11 P017: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................363

8.2.5.12 P018: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................364

8.2.5.13 P019: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................366

8.2.5.14 P024: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................367

8.2.5.15 P025: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................368

8.2.5.16 P026: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................370

xxi
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

8.2.5.17 P027: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................371

8.2.5.18 P1003: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................372

8.2.5.19 P1004: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................374

8.2.5.20 P028: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................375

8.2.5.21 P029: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................376

8.2.5.22 P030: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................378

8.2.5.23 P031: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................379

8.2.5.24 P032: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed correctly. Please try to reboot
the device.........................................................................................................................................380

8.3 Troubleshooting for Errors Without Alarm Reporting .............................................................382

8.3.1 Power-on Errors (AC Power Supply) ........................................................................................... 382

8.3.1.1 AC Indicator: Off ..........................................................................................................................382

8.3.1.2 The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator has no response after the power key is
pressed. ...........................................................................................................................................383

8.3.1.3 The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator blinks green after the power key is
pressed ............................................................................................................................................384

8.3.1.4 The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator flickers orange after the power key is
pressed. ...........................................................................................................................................384

8.3.1.5 The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator blinks orange and green alternately after the
power key is pressed ........................................................................................................................385

8.3.2 Power-on Errors (Battery Power Supply) .................................................................................... 386

8.3.2.1 The system can be properly started when it is connected to AC, and cannot be powered on if it
is powered only by batteries..............................................................................................................386

8.3.2.2 The battery indicator blinks orange and blue alternately, and the device fails to power on .............387

8.3.3 System Startup Errors.................................................................................................................. 388

xxii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

8.3.3.1 When the on/off button is pressed and the main screen displays "Diagnostic Ultrasound
System", but the system cannot continue..........................................................................................388

8.3.3.2 The system displays "Diagnostic Ultrasound System" and then the screen goes black .................388

8.3.3.3 The system displays the Doppler startup screen, but no further step can be performed.................389

8.3.4 Image Errors ................................................................................................................................ 390

8.3.4.1 The probe can be recognized but no echo signal is detected in the ultrasound image
region...............................................................................................................................................390

8.3.4.2 Dark or bright strips exist on the B image .....................................................................................391

8.3.4.3 There is noise on the B or C image...............................................................................................392

8.3.5 Probe Recognition Errors ............................................................................................................ 393

8.3.5.1 A Single Probe Cannot Be Recognized by Any Probe Port ...........................................................393

8.3.5.2 No Probes Can Be Recognized....................................................................................................393

8.3.6 Display and Related Errors .......................................................................................................... 394

8.3.6.1 The device startup is normal, a black screen occurs on the main display, and the display
indicator is green. .............................................................................................................................394

8.3.6.2 The device startup is normal, a black screen occurs on the main display, and the two display
indicators are off...............................................................................................................................395

8.3.6.3 The device startup is normal, the main display displays "No Signal", and the display signal
indicator is orange ............................................................................................................................396

8.3.7 IO Port System Errors.................................................................................................................. 397

8.3.7.1 Both speakers are mute. ..............................................................................................................397

8.3.7.2 Only a single speaker is mute.......................................................................................................398

8.3.7.3 The USB port failed to recognize the connected USB drive...........................................................398

8.3.7.4 The wired network is disconnected or abnormal. ..........................................................................399

8.3.7.5 Failed to recognize WIFI. .............................................................................................................400

8.3.7.6 The main display is normal and no information is displayed on the external HDMI display.............401

8.3.7.7 The main display is normal. The external HDMI resolution is inappropriate. ..................................402

8.3.7.8 The main display is normal and the HDMI external display has strips or blinks..............................402

8.3.8 ECG Error .................................................................................................................................... 403

8.3.8.1 Failed to enable ECG functions ....................................................................................................403

xxiii
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Table of Contents
Service Manual

8.3.8.2 When the ECG function is enabled, the ECG waveform shows a straight line or is
abnormal. .........................................................................................................................................404

9 Appendix ....................................................................................................................................405
9.1 Phantom Usage Illustration ........................................................................................................405
9.2 Electrical Connection Diagram ..................................................................................................408
9.3 Description of Self-Test Items ....................................................................................................408
9.4 Electrical Safety Maintenance ...................................................................................................434

xxiv
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

1 Preface

1.1 Revision History

The revision number of this service manual is subject to update without prior notice due to
changes in software or technical specifications. The following table lists the revision history.

Version Revision Date Revision Effective Date

Description
1.0 2023-01-12 Initial Release.

© 2023 Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 25
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

1.2 Intellectual Property Statement

SHENZHEN MINDRAY BIO-MEDICAL ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. (hereinafter called "Mindray")
owns the intellectual property rights to this Mindray product and this manual. This manual may
refer to information protected by copyright, trademark, or patents, and does not convey any
license under the intellectual property rights of Mindray or of others.
Mindray intends to maintain the contents of this manual as confidential information. Disclosure of
the information in this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of
Mindray is strictly forbidden.
Release, amendment, reproduction, distribution, rental, adaptation, translation or any other
derivative work of this manual in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of
Mindray is strictly forbidden..

is the trademark of Mindray. All other trademarks that appear in this manual are used
only for informational or editorial purposes. They are the property of their respective owners.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 26
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

1.3 Applicability
This service manual is intended as a guide for technically qualified personnel during service
procedures. This service manual describes the product according to the most complete
configuration; some of the content may not apply to the specific product you are servicing. If you
have any questions, please contact the Mindray Customer Service Department (contact
information is below). Do not attempt to service this equipment unless this service manual has
been consulted and is understood. Failure to do so may result in personal injury or product
damage.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 27
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

1.4 Responsibility of Mindray

Contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice. Please check with the Mindray
Customer Service Department for any updates or changes to this manual.
All information contained in this manual is believed to be correct as of the date of its publication.
Mindray shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages
in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this manual.
Mindray shall not be responsible for the effects on safety, reliability, and performance of this
product if:
• Installation operations, expansions, changes, modifications and repairs of this product are
conducted by personnel not authorized by Mindray.
• The electrical installation of the relevant room does not comply with the applicable national
and local requirements.
• The product is not used in accordance with the instructions for use.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 28
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

1.5 Warranty Statements

Mindray warrants that components within the ultrasound system under warranty will be free from
defects in workmanship and materials for the amount of time specified under Mindray’s then-
current warranty policy (please check with the Mindray Customer Service Department for the
applicable warranty period for each system). Under this warranty, Mindray will repair or replace (at
Mindray’s option) any defective component at no charge for materials according to Mindray’s
then-current warranty policy. This warranty does not cover consumable items such as, but not
limited to, traveling carrying case, acoustic gel, paper, disposable or one-off materials, and
sampling materials.
Recommended preventative maintenance, as prescribed in the Service Manual, is the
responsibility of the user, and is not covered by this warranty.
Mindray will not be liable for any incidental, special, or consequential loss, damage, or expense
directly or indirectly arising from the use of its products. Liability under this warranty and the
buyer’s exclusive remedy under this warranty is limited to servicing or replacing the affected
products, at Mindray’s option, at the factory or at an authorized Distributor, for any product which
shall under normal use and service appear to Mindray to have been defective in material or
workmanship.
No agent, employee, or representative of Mindray has any authority to bind Mindray to any
affirmation, representation, or warranty concerning its products, and any affirmation,
representation, or warranty made by any agent, employee, or representative shall not be
enforceable by buyer or user.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF, AND MINDRAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ANY
OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
AND OF ANY OTHER OBLIGATION ON THE PART OF MINDRAY.
Damage to any product or parts through misuse, neglect, accident, or by affixing any non-
standard accessory attachments or by any customer modification voids this warranty.
Mindray makes no warranty whatever in regard to trade accessories, such being subject to the
warranty of their respective manufacturers.
A condition of this warranty is that the equipment or any accessories which are claimed to be
defective be returned, when authorized, to the appropriate Mindray affiliate. Please contact the
Mindray Customer Service Department for appropriate details for your region.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 29
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

1.6 Service Contact

Company name: Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd.
Address: Mindray Building, Keji 12th Road South, High-tech Industrial Park, Nanshan, Shenzhen,
Guangdong, China
Website: www.mindray.com
Email: [email protected]
Fax: +86 755 26582680

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 30
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

1.7 Descriptions Committed

The following marks are used for describing menu items, buttons on dialog boxes and other basic
operations in the manual:
• Menu item and button :the square bracket for enclosing menu item or key refers to the menu
items or the keys on dialog boxes.
• ClickMenu item and button click other optional keys on touch screen.
• menu item>Sub-menu item select sub-menu item based on the operation path.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 31
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

1.8 Safety Precautions

This chapter provides safety guidelines for the use of the system and describes the safety labels
and symbols on the system.

Symbol Description

In this service manual, DANGER, WARNING,

CAUTION, NOTICE, and NOTE are used to

alert you of safety and other important issues. The following table explains their meanings.
Familiarize yourself with the meanings of these words before reading this manual.

Symbol and Word Description

Indicates an imminently hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, can result in death or
serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, can result in minor or
moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, can result in property
damage.
Indicates the important information that helps
you use the system more effectively.

Symbols on the Device

The following tables describe the locations of the safety symbols and warning labels on the
device, as well as the important information they communicate. Remember these symbols and
labels for proper use of the device.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 32
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

Symbol Description
Type-BF applied part
The ECG module connected to this system is
also a type-BF applied part.

Refer to the manual delivered with the

system for details.

Warning Labels

SN Warning Label Description

1. a) Do not place the system on a sloped
surface. Otherwise the system may slide,
resulting in personal injury or the system
malfunction. Two persons are required to
move the system over a sloped surface.
b) Do not sit on the system.
c) DO NOT push the system when the
casters are locked.
d)

Refer to the manual delivered with

the system for details.

2. Be cautious of hand injury.

3. Do not place heavy objects on the

system.

General Symbols

The following table describes the symbols on the device.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 33
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

Symbol Description
Type-BF applied part

Refer to the manual delivered with the

system for details.

Stand-by

AC (Alternating current)

Equipotentiality

Probe port

Network port

USB port (Type A)

USB port (Type C)

HDMI High definition multimedia port

When the probe unlock handle is in the

position, the probe can be removed or
connected.

When the probe unlock handle is in the

position, the probe is locked and cannot be
removed or connected.
Central brake locking symbol
ECG function

Product serial number

Manufacture date

Manufacturer

Power input

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 34
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

Symbol Description
Pay attention to the safety risks

Temperature limit

Humidity limit

Atmospheric pressure limitation

The environment-friendly use period of the

device is 20 years.
(The environment-friendly use period of an
electronic product is the duration in which the
toxic and hazardous substances or elements
contained in this product will not leak or
mutate in proper use, and the use of the
product will not cause serious pollution to the
environment or serious personal injuries or
property damage.)
Non-ionizing radiation

This way up

Fragile, handle with care

Prevention from rain

Maximum number of stack layers

Prevention of rolling

Highest quality of stack layers

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 35
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

Safety Guidelines

When using the system, strictly follow the safety guidelines below to ensure the personal safety.

Do not use the system in the presence of flammable gases (such as anesthetic gases,
oxygen, and hydrogen) or flammable liquids (such as ethanol), as doing so may cause
an explosion.

Electrical Safety

• The power plugs of the system and its peripherals must be connected to wall outlets
with the power rating specified on the product's power rating label. The use of a
multifunction power outlet may interfere with system grounding and lead to overhigh
leakage current. Use the power cable delivered with the system.
• Disconnect the AC power before you clean or uninstall the ultrasound machine,
otherwise, electric shock may result.
• When using peripherals not powered by the auxiliary output of the ultrasound system
or peripherals not certified by Mindray, make sure the total leakage current of the
peripherals and the ultrasound system is within the range specified in the local
electric safety standard for medical devices. For example, GB 9706.15 requires that
the touch current on the ME system parts or between the parts in the patient
environment should be within 100 μA when the system is operating in normal state
and within 500 μA when the protection ground cable is disconnected. The user shall
be responsible for determining whether the total leakage current complies with the
local standard.
• During system maintenance or assembly, make sure all the other cables are
connected properly before you connect the battery cable. Otherwise, the system may
be damaged due to hot plugging of cables.
• Do not use this system with any high-frequency electrosurgical scalpel, high-
frequency treatment equipment, or defibrillator, as doing so may cause an electric
shock to the patient.
• This system is not resistant to water. Therefore, it must be protected from any liquid
to prevent electric shock.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 36
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

• Do not connect or disconnect the power plug of the system or any of its accessories
(such as the printer or video recorder) before turning off the power switch. Doing so
may damage the system or its accessories, or cause electric shock.
• Keep the system away from electromagnetic radiation during performance testing.
• Do not touch the electrostatic sensitive areas of the system directly. If you need to
touch such areas, wear ESD gloves.
• The ECG module must be used with the ECG leads delivered with the ECG module.
Using other ECG leads may result in electric shock.

Mechanical Safety

• Hold the handle when moving the system. If you hold other parts, the system may be
damaged due to unbalanced force. Do not push the device leftward or rightward, in
which case the device may fall down.
• Do not subject the probes to knocks or drops. The use of a damaged ultrasound
probe may cause an electric shock to the patient.

• Before moving the device on stairs, make sure the peripherals have been fixed
securely. Then, move the device slowly and steadily to prevent it from falling down.
• Avoid excessive vibrations or collisions to the device (for example, when moving it)
to prevent its parts from falling and protect it from mechanical damage.
• Mount the device on a flat plane with its casters locked. Otherwise, damage may
occur due to accidental movement of the device.
• Do not move the device on a plane with an over 5° slope; or the system may fall down.
• The device can be moved only in power-off or standby state. Moving the device in
running state may damage its hard disk.

Personnel Safety

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 37
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
1 Preface
Service Manual

• The user is not allowed to open the shell or control panel or disassemble the device.
• All maintenance work must be done by professional maintenance personnel
authorized by Mindray.
• Only the personnel trained by Mindray are allowed to maintain the device.

Miscellaneous

For more information about the use of the ultrasonic system, refer to the user manual.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 38
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2 Product Knowledge

2.1 Introduction
2.1.1 Intended Use
The following Doppler ultrasound systems are used for clinical ultrasound diagnosis: TEX20,
TEX20 Pro, TEX20S, TEX20T, TEX20 Exp, TEX20 Elite, TEX10, TEX10 Pro, TEX10S, TEX10T,
TEX10 Exp, TEX10 Elite, TE X, TE X Lite.

2.1.2 System Appearance

No. Name Description

1. Probe holder Used to hold probes temporarily.
2. Speaker Used to play audio.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 39
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

No. Name Description

3. Power button/indicator Used to power up or down the system. The indicator is
on after the system is powered up.
4. Power output port Supplies power to optional peripheral devices.

The auxiliary power output outlet in the system is

used to supply power to the recommended
peripheral devices. Do not connect other devices
to the outlet, otherwise, the rated output power
may be exceeded and failure may be resulted.

5. Equipotential terminal Used for equipotential connection, that balances the

protective earth potentials between the system and other
electrical equipment.
6. Caster Used for securing or moving the system
7. Retractable AC power AC power cord.
cord
8. Wireless charging module Used with the wireless charging module to charge the
battery for the main unit.
9. Batteries Used to supply power when there is no AC power supply.
10. Storage Basket Used to store sundries such as medical records and
paper towels.
11. Probe port Socket connecting the probe and the main unit.
12. Touch screen and monitor Provides operator-system interface or control.
13. Lifting adjustment key Pressed to adjust the height of the main unit support.
14. Handle Used to lift up and down or move.
15. Printer fixing bracket Used to fix the printer.

2.1.3 Peripherals Supported

Type Model
Digital graph/text printer CANON TS708
Black and white video printer MITSUBISHI P95DW-N
Black and white video analog printer SONY UP-X898MD

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 40
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Type Model
Color video digital printer SONY UP-D25MD
Footswitch 971-SWNOM (wired, two keys)
971-SWNOM (wired, three keys)

2.2 Specifications
2.2.1 Physical Specifications
• Dimensions (folded state): (518±10) mm x (569±10) mm x (1303±10) mm
• Weight: 60±5 kg (excluding any available hardware accessories, peripherals, and probes)

2.2.2 Electrical Specifications

• Power supply voltage: 100-240 V~
• Power supply frequency: 50/60 Hz
• AC input current: 6.4-3.2 A; charging pile: 4.2-1.9 A
• Battery of the main unit: 14.4 V DC

2.2.3 Environmental Specifications

• Operating environment

– Ambient temperature: 0°C to 40°C

– Relative humidity: 20% to 85% (no condensation)
– Atmospheric pressure: 700 hPa to 1060 hPa
• Storage and transportation environment

– Ambient temperature: -20℃ to 55℃

– Relative humidity: 20% to 95% (no condensation)
– Atmospheric pressure: 700 hPa to 1060 hPa

2.2.4 Display Specifications

• Display: 21.5 or 23.8 inches

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 41
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2.3 Product Principle

2.3.1 Overall Architecture of Hardware System
2 . 3 . 1 . 1 Hardware System Diagram

Figure2–1 Block Diagram of the Overall Hardware System Architecture

The hardware system of the TEX series product is divided into four units: frontend unit, backend
unit, power supply unit, and UI unit. The connection relationship between the four units and the
modules they contain are shown in the figure above.
• Frontend unit:
The frontend unit performs scanning for the ultrasonic imaging system and transmits the
imaging data collected from the scanning step to the backend unit for post-processing. Taking
the main board as the core, the frontend unit integrates the transmitting, receiving, PHV, CW,
TEE, and ECG functions and connects to the probe through the probe board.
• Backend unit:
The backend unit uses the main board as the carrier to mount the CPU and GPU modules. Its
main control module is CPU. It supports GPU for the supplement of post-processing
operations, as well as the control and monitoring of the whole system.
• Power supply unit of the trolley:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 42
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

The power supply unit supplies power to the frontend unit, backend unit, and peripherals. It
converts AC input into DC voltage required by each module of the system, and completes
battery charge and discharge management.
• UI unit:
The UI unit interacts with users and consists of the following modules:

– Touch screen: It displays ultrasonic images and corresponding parameters, and completes
man-machine interaction through touch control.

– IO module: It is used for inputs and outputs of audio and video signal, network signal, and
USB port information.

2.3.2 USB Distribution Scheme of Main Board

2 . 3 . 2 . 1 USB Distribution Scheme of Main Board

Figure2–2 USB distribution block diagram

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 43
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Function description:
• The USB signals come from the PC module, always with three output USB 3.0 ports and one
Type-C port. Only the first USB 3.0 port from top down in the rear of the main unit takes effect
during BIOS startup.

2.3.3 Video Extension Scheme

2 . 3 . 3 . 1 Video Extension Scheme

Figure2–3 Video extension block diagram

Function description: The PC module outputs two channels of HDMI signals through DDI1 and
DDI2. The two channels of HDMI signals are copied for output and the CPU BIOS has been
configured. The main display signal is directly output through the DDI2 port of the CPU module,
while the user HDMI signal is output by the FPGA, requiring adaptive output of the resolutions
1920x1080, 1280x1024, 1280x720, and 1024x768. To implement scaler processing on HDMI
video signal, an external DDR needs to be provided to support scaler.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 44
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2.3.4 Main board assembly

2 . 3 . 4 . 1 Block Diagram of Main Board

Figure2–4 Block Diagram of Main Board

The frontend unit consists of the following boards:

• Main Board
• Probe Board
The backend unit consists of the following boards:
• Main Board
• PC Module
• GPU Module

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 45
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2 . 3 . 4 . 2 Frontend of the Main Board

Figure2–5 Block diagram of the main board front end

The block diagram of the main board front end is shown in the preceding figure. The transmission
and reception solution consists of eight MAX chips and eight AFE chips. The transmission and
reception control and signal processing are all realized through the FE FPGA. The major
functions of the main board front end are as follows:
1. Transmission: The front-end FPGA controls 128 channels to transmit high-voltage ultrasonic
signals to the probe, so as to realize transmission focusing of the machine.
2. Reception: The front-end FPGA controls 128 channels to receive ultrasonic echo signals from
the probe, so as to realize reception focusing of the machine.
3. The ATGC module implements automatic gain compensation so that the brightness of the
ultrasound image in the far and near fields is consistent.
4. Support for data caching through the IQ (frame buffer), UP (upload), SCAN (scan), AD
(analogue-to-digital conversion) channels.
5. Generation and delivery of front-end clock signals.
6. Imaging-related logic functions, which are carried by the front-end FPGA.
• Scan controller
• Parsing of imaging parameters transmitted by the back end

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 46
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

• Receiving and caching of beam data

• Image pre-processing in each mode
• Data upload to the backend unit
7. Execution of front-end module reset, online upgrade, and module information management.
8. Probe-related control and management.
• High-voltage switch control
• CPLD configuration on the probe board
• SPI communicating with the probe board
9. Communication and control for image scanning-related accessories, including the following
accessories:
• CW/TEE driving function module
• Physiological signal function module
10.Distributed acoustic power testing signals: Acoustic power testing is output from FPGA to the
socket in the main board.
11.Integrated PHV output module.

2 . 3 . 4 . 3 Backend of the Main Board

Figure2–6 Block diagram of the main board back end

The frontend board has the following functions:

• Support for the upgrade and improvement performance of the COME module.
• Support for the GPU module (with AI-related function implemented) of the MXM3.1 Type A
port.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 47
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

• Support for 23.8-inch touch screen, with the resolution of 1920 x 1080.
• Support for wired networks and wireless networks (M.2 port).
• Support for SSD, with 256 GB or more storage (M.2 port).
• Support for at least four USB 3.0 ports.
• Providing of one USB3.0 Type C port.
• Support for the output port of the HDMI replication main display, with the default resolution of
1920 x 1080, and support for adaptive output of the 1280 x 1024, 1280 x 720, and 1024 x 768
resolutions. Display of the full screen and standard area for the main display.
• Support for the 4G module.
• Reserved support for the camera.
• Support for automatic control of the ambient light brightness for the display.
• Support for secondary screen display and information such as the battery capacity upon
power-off.
• Support for speaker output for the machine, with the left and right channel output of 4 ohm/2
W.
• Support for post-processing of echo data.

2.3.5 PC Module
2 . 3 . 5 . 1 PC Module

The PC module aggregates CPU, iGPU (core graphics/integrated graphics), host bridge (IO
extension), memory bank, network adapter, etc. Together with main board, hard disk and
independent video card, as the calculation and control center of the entire unit, the PC module
fulfills the comprehensive functions on the computer system. It works with the GPU module to
post-process the data uploaded by the ultrasound front end and then output standard image data.

2.3.6 GPU Module

2 . 3 . 6 . 1 GPU Module

As the coprocessor of CPU, the GPU module can perform high-performance computing (such as
3D/4D computing). Some special computing methods (such as 3D, 4D, elastography, and AI
computing) of software must depend on the GPU. When the GPU computing capability in the PC
module is insufficient, an independent GPU module (or an independent graphics card) is required
to complete the task.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 48
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2.3.7 Probe Board

2 . 3 . 7 . 1 Probe Board

Figure2–7 Functional Block Diagram of Transducer Board

The probe board connects and expands the probe channel with the transmitting and receiving
channel in the main unit box. The probe board is controlled by the main board through FE FPGA.
The probe board supports the following items:
Four 260-pin S-Type probe ports. Each probe port has 128 array elements interconnected with
the main unit's physical channel. The probes are managed by the frontend unit.
The probe board CPLD supports online upgrade.
Probe hot swapping detection function.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 49
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2.3.8 Power Supply Unit

2 . 3 . 8 . 1 Block Diagram of Power Supply Unit

Figure2–8 Block Diagram of Power Supply Unit

Excluding the internal power module on the board, the TEX main unit power supply also contains
the following design elements: DC-DC power module, AC-DC adapter, and external battery.
The main unit power module is connected to the frontend and backend modules to supply power
for the front end and back end. At the same time, it is controlled by the front end and back end,
implementing the functions such as power-on and power-off timing sequence and
synchronization.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 50
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2 . 3 . 8 . 2 AC-DC board

Figure2–9 Block diagram of the AC-DC board

As shown in the figure below, the base contains:

AC-DC power module used to convert external AC input to 24 VDC voltage.

2 . 3 . 8 . 3 Mobile Trolley Connecting Board

Figure2–10 Block diagram of the trolley connection board

It provides connection ports to connect to each module.

2 . 3 . 8 . 4 Auxiliary Output Conversion Board

Block diagram of the Auxiliary Output Conversion Board (FRU) on the trolley

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 51
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Function description:
It provides a channel for peripheral AC power supply, with AC input and then AC output through
the fuse.

2 . 3 . 8 . 5 Battery Management Board

Block diagram of battery management board

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 52
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Function description:
The battery management board manages battery charge and discharge. It contains charge and
discharge circuits of eight batteries. In addition, it provides the function of converting 24 VDC to
19 V for output.
The power input includes battery input, 24 VDC input, and 18 V wireless input.

2 . 3 . 8 . 6 Wireless charging module

Block diagram of the wireless charging module

The wireless charging system of ultrasound trolley is divided into charging pile and wireless
receiving module. The charging pile is fixed on the wall, while the wireless receiving module is
mounted on the ultrasound trolley.
Power is transferred between the charging pile and the wireless receiving module through
induction coils based on the electromagnetic induction technology. They communicate with each
other and control information by using the 2.4 G wireless module.
To ensure the power transmission efficiency through induction coils, a wireless charging
alignment scheme of the ultrasound trolley is designed for the system to guide and instruct the
operator of the ultrasound trolley to control the alignment.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 53
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

The following figure shows the interconnection among modules in the charging pile and the
wireless charging receiving module.
Charging pile:
1. The wireless charging transmitting module (including the transmitting coil) converts the DC
power supply into the transmission power supply.
2. The AC-DC power module converts the mains supply into each DC power supply used by the
charging pile.
3. The alignment control board provides the alignment control and visual and audible indication
functions.
4. The wireless charging indicator board shows the charging LED lights.
5. The wireless charging USB upgrade and sensor calibration board provides the functions of
upgrading the charging pile firmware and calibrating the alignment algorithm sensor.
Wireless receiving module:
1. The wireless charging receiving module (including the receiving coil) receives the transmission
power supply from the charging pile, converts it through rectification and voltage reduction, and
generates the DC power supply for charging the battery of the ultrasound trolley.
2. The control board of the wireless charging mains supply provides the function of mutual
exclusion between the ultrasound trolley mains supply input and the wireless charging input
(the trolley mains supply has a higher priority).

2 . 3 . 8 . 7 Timing Sequence of System Power-on and Power-Off

AC power-on

With AC, 5VSTB is always enabled for the EC firmware. After being dejittered, the PWR_BTN
signal only needs to be transferred to the PC, which then increases S4_N and S3_N signals.
Then the EC firmware controls power-on by each power supply, and then sends the PC_PWR_
OK signal. When CB_RESET changes to a high level, the PC module enters the power-on state.

Figure2–11 Power-on process with the AC power supply

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 54
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Battery power-on

When batteries are used to supply power, the 5VSTB power supply is also turned off during
power-off to reduce power consumption. When EC detects the PWR_BTN signal, 3V3STB_SM
and 5VSTB are enabled to send the PC_PWR_BNT signal to the PC, after which the process is
consistent with the power-on process with the AC power supply.

Figure2–12 Power-on process with the battery power supply

AC power-off

The power-off process is opposite to that of power-on. After EC receives decreased S3_N and
S4_N signals from PC, it decreases the PC_PWR_OK signal, turns off the main power supply,
and makes the device enter the shutdown state.

Figure2–13 Power-off process with the AC power supply

Battery power-off

The power-off process with battery power supply is basically the same as that of AC power
supply. The difference is that after the main battery is powered off, P5VSTB and P3V_STB_SM
should be turned off at the same time to reduce power consumption.

Figure2–14 Power-off process with the battery power supply

Stand-by

The process of entering standby is almost the same as the power-off process with the AC power
supply. The difference is that S4_N has been maintained at a high level, and the related control
process is completely consistent with the power-off process with the AC power supply.

Figure2–15 Standby process with the AC/battery power supply

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 55
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Waking up from standby by pressing a key

When the device is in standby state, the PWR_BTN_N signal only needs to be transmitted to PC.
After detecting that the PC_PWR_BTN_N signal is sent, PC increases the S3_N signal. The EC
firmware turns on all power supplies and sends the PC_PWR_OK signal to PC, and then PC
enters the startup state.

Figure2–16 Process of waking up from standby

Process of waking up by tapping on the screen

When the device is in standby state, after detecting the touch signal, the EC firmware sends the
PC_PWR_BTN_N signal to PC. After detecting the PC_PWR_BTN_N signal, PC increases the
S3_N signal. The EC firmware turns on all power supplies and sends the PC_PWR_OK signal to
PC, and then PC enters the startup state.

Figure2–17 Process of waking up by opening the cover

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 56
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2.3.9 UI Unit
2 . 3 . 9 . 1 Block Diagram of the UI Unit

According to ID design, TEX has no control panel, and the user interaction operations are all
concentrated on the rotatable display assembly with the touch function.
The display assembly contains the touch screen, main display, ambient optical sensor, on/off
button, standby state indicator, gravity sensor, logo indicator, and battery capacity display. The
assembly mainly displays ultrasound images and some other information such as the battery
capacity, and supports display rotation.
The UI unit interacts with users and consists of the following modules:
• Main display: It shows ultrasound images and related parameters, and completes user
interaction by using the touch function.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 57
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

• IO module: It is used for inputs and outputs of audio and video signal, network signal, and USB
port information.

2 . 3 . 9 . 2 Monitor Assembly

Block diagram of the display assembly

Figure2–18 Block diagram of the display assembly

The main display shows the main interface of the ultrasound application, including the imaging
area.
The main display functions are designed as follows:
23.8 inches, resolution: 1920 x 1080@60±1 Hz.
Angle of view: left and right are both 176 degrees or above; upper and lower are both 176
degrees or above.
Brightness and contrast can be adjusted by software communication.
There is a status indicator.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 58
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Power supply: 12 V±5%.

The signal is HDMI signal.
The screen can be rotated by 0 degrees or 90 degrees. The UI automatically adapts to the
landscape and portrait modes.

2 . 3 . 9 . 3 Display conversion board

The display conversion board has the following functions:

The display conversion board contains only two sockets. The display control signals and power
supply are transferred from one socket to another socket, implementing connection conversion.

2 . 3 . 9 . 4 Conversion Board of Movement Mechanism_PCBA

Block diagram of the movement mechanism conversion board

Figure2–19 Block diagram of the movement mechanism conversion board

The movement mechanism conversion board provides the following functions:

The conversion board is at the signal collection point for interconnection between the main unit
and the display assembly, and is connected to the display through a connector in plug-in
connection mode. At the same time, it bears gravity and torque according to the mechanical
scheme to drive the display to rotate.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 59
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2.3.10 Wireless Probe Charging Station

2 . 3 . 1 0 . 1 Wireless Probe Charging Station (Not Released)

The wireless probe charging station provides the wireless probe holder function for the TEX
trolley, so as to support quick charging for three wireless probes. It also provides the charging
indicator and actively dissipates heat for wireless probes during charging. The charging station is
connected to the battery management part in the trolley by cables through the conversion board.
The charging station mainly includes the control board, indicator board, and fan, in which the
control board converts the trolley power supply into that used for wireless probes and the indicator
board provides the charging indicator function.

2.3.11 ECG Module

2 . 3 . 1 1 . 1 ECG Module

Block diagram of the ECG module

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 60
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

The ECG module is designed for monitoring ECG signals and displaying ECG waveforms, which
serve as reference of ultrasound images and keep synchronous with 2D images and color flow
images displayed in real time. After being amplified, filtered, and sampled, the ECG signal is sent
to the DSC module through the UART serial port. In the meantime, R-wave detection is
performed, and the detected ECG triggering signal is actively sent to the system controller to start
scan transmission.
Specific indicators are as follows:
• Three leads are supported: RA, LA, and LL electrodes are valid.
• Lead identification is not supported.
• Only one channel is supported.
• It supports AC overload protection at 50 Hz/60 Hz, 1 Vp-p, lasting for 10s. After the overload
signal disappears, the module is restored to normal within 3s.
• It supports disconnection test for all limb leads and the RL lead in 3-lead mode.
• The QRS amplitude of minimum heart rate detection is 0.2 mV.
• Input impedance is greater than 5 MΩ (10 Hz signal).
• The ECG signal input range is ±8 mV.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 61
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2.3.12 System Power-on Control

2 . 3 . 1 2 . 1 System Power-on Control

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 62
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

2.4 Probes and Needle Guides

2.4.1 Probes
Image Model Informa- Remarks
tion
C5-1s Probe type Convex
Applicable NGB-022
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable
C4-1s Probe type Convex Not
Applicable NGB-036 released
needle Metal- yet
guide needle
detachable
SC6-1s Probe type Convex
Applicable NGB-022
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable
C11-3s Probe type Convex
Applicable NGB-018
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable
C9-3Ts Probe type Convex Not
Applicable None released
needle yet
guide

C6-2Gs Probe type Convex Not

Applicable NGB-024 released
needle Metal- yet
guide needle
detachable
L14-6s Probe type Linear Not
released
yet

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 63
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Image Model Informa- Remarks

tion
Applicable NGB-016
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable
L14-6Ns Probe type Linear
Applicable NGB-007
needle Plastic-
guide needle
detachable
Metal-
needle
detachable
L9-3s Probe type Linear
Applicable NGB-034
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable
L20-5s Probe type Linear
Applicable None
needle
guide
L16-4Hs Probe type Linear
Applicable None
needle
guide
7LT4s Probe type Linear Not
Applicable NGB-010 released
needle Metal- yet
guide needle
detachable
L12-3RCs Probe type Linear
Applicable NGB-043
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 64
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Image Model Informa- Remarks

tion
L11-3VNs Probe type Linear
Applicable None
needle
guide
L12-3VNs Probe type Linear
Applicable None
needle
guide
L14-3Ws Probe type Linear Not
Applicable NGB-054 released
needle Metal- yet
guide needle
detachable
V11-3Hs Probe type Convex
Applicable NGB-025
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable
ELC13-4s Probe type Convex/ Not
Linear released
array (dual- yet
plane)
Applicable NGB-051
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable
P4-2s Probe type Phased Not
array released
Applicable NGB-011 yet
needle Metal-
guide needle
detachable
SP5-1s Probe type Phased
array
Applicable NGB-011
needle
guide

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 65
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Image Model Informa- Remarks

tion
Metal-
needle
detachable
P10-4s Probe type Phased Not
array released
Applicable None yet
needle
guide
P8-2s Probe type Phased Not
array released
Applicable None yet
needle
guide

i3P Probe type Phased

array
Applicable None
needle
guide

i3PA Probe type Phased

array
Applicable None
needle
guide

P7-3Ts Probe type Phased

array

New appearance 1
Applicable None
needle
guide

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 66
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Image Model Informa- Remarks

tion
P8-3Ts Probe type Phased Not
array released
Applicable None yet
needle
guide
P8-2Ts Probe type Phased
array
Applicable None
needle
guide
LAP13-4Cs Probe type Convex Not
Applicable None released
needle yet
guide

2.4.2 Needle Guides

Image Model Informa- Remarks
tion
NGB-007 Type Plastic-
needle
detachable
Metal-needle
detachable
Biopsy 40°, 50°, and
angle/depth 60°
Applicable Metal: 14G,
Biopsy 16G, 18G,
Needle 20G, 22G
Plastic: 13G,
15G, 16G,
18G, 20G

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 67
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Image Model Informa- Remarks

tion
NGB-011 Type Metal-needle
detachable
Biopsy 11° and 23°
angle/depth
Applicable 13G, 15G,
Biopsy 16G, 18G,
Needle 20G, and
22G
NGB-018 Type Metal/needle
undetacha
ble
Biopsy 15°, 25°, and
angle/depth 35°
Applicable 14G, 16G,
Biopsy 18G, 20G,
Needle and 22G
NGB-022 Type Metal-needle
detachable
Biopsy 25°, 35°, and
angle/depth 45°
Applicable 14G, 16G,
Biopsy 18G, 20G,
Needle and 22G
NGB-025 Type Metal-needle
detachable
Biopsy 1.6°
angle/depth
Applicable 16G, 17G,
Biopsy and 18G
Needle
NGB-034 Type Metal/needle
undetacha
ble
Biopsy 40°, 50°, and
angle/depth 60°
Applicable 14G, 16G,
Biopsy 18G, 20G,
Needle and 22G
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 68
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
2 Product Knowledge
Service Manual

Image Model Informa- Remarks

tion
NGB-043 Type Metal-needle
detachable
Biopsy Range: 35°
angle/depth to 80°.
Applicable 20G, 21G,
Biopsy 22G, and
Needle 23G
NGB-044 Type Metal-needle
detachable
Biopsy Biopsy
angle/depth depth: 5 mm,
10 mm, 15
mm, 25 mm,
and 35 mm
Applicable 18G, 20G,
Biopsy and 21G
Needle
Biopsy 15 mm (65°),
angle/depth 23.7 mm
(55°), and 35
mm (45°)
Applicable 11G-23G
Biopsy
Needle

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 69
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3 Installation

3.1 Site Preparations

3.1.1 Environmental Requirements
3 . 1 . 1 . 1 Environmental Requirements

Operating Environment Storage and transportation

environment
Ambient temperature 0°C to 40°C –20°C to +55°C
Relative humidity 20%-85% (no condensation) 20%-95% (no condensation)
Atmospheric pressure 700 hPa to 1060 hPa 700 hPa to 1060 hPa

Do not use, store, or transport the system beyond the specified environmental
conditions.

Do not place the system in any of the following environments:

• Location near a heat source

• High-humidity environment
• Environment with flammable gases

3.1.2 Power Supply Requirements

3 . 1 . 2 . 1 Power Supply Requirements

Power specifications

Power input

Voltage 100–240VAC
Frequency 50/60Hz
Power consumption 150 VA

Power output

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 70
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Voltage 100–240VAC
Frequency 50/60Hz
Power consumption 240 VA

It is the sum of maximum output power

on all auxiliary power output ports. Make
sure the total output power does not
exceed this value when the system is
connected to optional peripherals.
Otherwise, the system cannot operate
properly.

Battery voltage 14.4VDC

Battery capacity 6600mAh (one battery)

Requirements for the voltage regulator

The power grid stability varies in different regions. Therefore, it is recommended that the user
should choose a voltage regulator with high quality and performance, such as an on-line UPS.

Grounding requirements

The system uses a three-wire power cable, and the protection ground terminal of the plug must be
connected to the protection ground phase of the power supply system. Make sure the protection
ground of the power supply system functions properly.

Connect the system to a power outlet with a separate fuse and circuit breaker. If the
system shares the same fuse and circuit breaker with other devices (such as life support
devices), the circuit breaker may be tripped in the case of a system failure, overcurrent,
or inrush current upon system startup.

3.1.3 EMI Limitation

3 . 1 . 3 . 1 EMI Limitation

The ultrasound system is susceptible to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from radio signals and
strong magnetic fields, and it produces weak electromagnetic radiation. Before installing the
system, check for possible EMI sources and keep the system away from strong magnetic fields to
prevent EMI.
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 71
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Possible EMI sources include scanners, medical lasers, monitors, mobile phones, and cautery
units. In addition, radio transceivers, radio-controlled toys, and other devices that may radiate
high-frequency radio waves cannot be used in the same room as the system. If such devices are
available in the room, turn them off to ensure the proper operation of the system.

3.1.4 Package Specifications

3 . 1 . 4 . 1 Package Specifications

Item Size Weight

Main unit package 680 mm x 680 mm x 1275 mm About 106kg (fully configured)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 72
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3.1.5 Space Requirements

3 . 1 . 5 . 1 Physical Dimensions

3 . 1 . 5 . 2 Space Requirements

Place the ultrasonic system equipped with necessary accessories in an appropriate place that
meets the following requirements:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 73
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

1. The room is well ventilated or equipped with an air conditioning system.

2. There are sufficient clearances behind and at both sides of the system. Otherwise, the system
may overheat and malfunction.
3. The brightness in the room is adjustable.
4. In addition to an independent power outlet for the ultrasound system, three or four power
outlets are available on the wall for other medical devices.
5. Peripherals must be placed within 2 m from the power outlets and within 1 m from the
ultrasound system to facilitate cable connections.

Figure3–1 (Recommended room size)

3.1.6 Network Requirements

3 . 1 . 6 . 1 Network Requirements

This ultrasound system supports wireless and wired LAN connections.

The system supports wireless data transmission and therefore can be moved between
departments or areas. It can reconnect to a mobile network automatically after disconnection from
the network and resume the previous data transmission task after the reconnection. Before
installing the system, check the following information about the network devices in the hospital:
• General information: default gateway IP address and other router information
• DICOM application information: DICOM server name, DICOM port number, AE title, number of
channels, and IP address

3.1.7 Other Requirements

3 . 1 . 7 . 1 Other Requirements

Confirm the following items before the installation:

• Video format used in the country or region

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 74
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

• Language of the country or region

• Power frequency voltage in the country or region
• General obstetric formula and other measurement formulas used in the country or region
• Locally used settings different from the factory settings of the system
• Operation preferences of the doctors Set parameters for the system based on the preceding
information.

3.2 Unpacking
3.2.1 Packing Box
For the dimensions and weight of the main unit packing box, see 3.1.4.1 Package Specifications.

Figure3–2 Packing Box

1 Graphic illustration of the unpacking procedure

2 Tilt label
3 Outward facing label
4 Packing list

3.2.2 Checking the Package

1. Before unpacking the device, check whether the package is intact. If the outer package is
damaged, take pictures as evidence.
2. Check whether the unpacked device is intact. If any damage is found, contact the Mindray
branch or headquarters immediately and keep the evidence.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 75
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3. Unpack the device in a spacious place and check the items in the package against the packing
list.

• The device must be inspected in the presence of physicians from the ultrasound
department and personnel from the equipment department or other personnel
authorized by the hospital.
• The person in charge of product acceptance needs to sign on the packing list after
verifying that the items in the package are consistent with those on the packing list.
• The product will be considered non-conforming in any of the following cases:

– The package is damaged during transportation.

– Wrong labels are found on the device.
– Inconsistency between the packing list and the product configurations specified
in the contract

– Inconsistency between the packing list and actual articles, with accessories
being absent

– Incomplete equipment parameters or functions, resulting in an installation failure

due to faults and thereby an acceptance failure

– Equipment problems resolved by installation personnel to ensure successful

installation

– Any of the preceding problems is found by the distributor before the device is
delivered to the customer.

3.2.3 Unpacking Tools

Name Type Part Number Remarks
Scissors or diagonal / / /
pliers

3.2.4 Unpacking the Device

1. Cut the straps with scissors or diagonal pliers.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 76
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

2. Remove the wooden roof and place it in the front of the device (this side faces outward) as a
slope.

1 Outward facing label

3. Release the wall clamp.

a. When the space above is sufficient, take the wall clamp up directly.
b. When the space above is insufficient, perform the following steps: Clamp the plastic buckle
on one side of the wall clamp from both sides to the middle by hand, and pull the buckles

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 77
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

outward at the same time. Pull all the four buckles out of the wall clamp and take the wall
clamp off after releasing it.

4. Take off the top foam, accessory package, display package, main unit box package, lithium
battery package, and probe package in sequence.

1 Top foam
2 Accessory package
3 Display package
4 Main unit box package
5 Lithium battery package
6 Probe package

5. Release the strainer and take off the front fixing plate.
Release the strainer as follows: Hold the strainer with your thumb until the spring is pressed to
the bottom, keep it, and then rotate the strainer for 180°.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 78
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

6. Push the device from the pallet of the slope.

When the main unit box and display are not installed for the trolley, do not press the
lift switch on the handle when pushing down the machine from the pallet of the slope
to prevent the trolley from bounce and hurting people.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 79
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3.2.5 Checking Unpacked Items

Take out the packing list from the packing box and check the unpacked items against the packing
list. If any parts or accessories on the packing list are absent, contact the Mindray branch or
headquarters promptly and take pictures as evidence.

3.3 Transporting the Main Unit

3.3.1 Transporting the Unpacked Main Unit
• Transport in a car
The total of the TEX main unit, display, and trolley is at least 1207 mm high, 566 mm wide, and
at least 518mm deep, with the total weight of 60 kg. Note the following requirements when you
transport the main unit in a car:
1. The trunk or other location reserved for the main unit in the car must be larger than the
minimum size of the main unit.
2. Before moving the main unit into the car, remove the probes from the main unit and place them
in a safe place.
3. Push down the trolley's handle and move down the display to minimize the main unit height.
4. The trolley needs to be lifted to the car by 2–4 people, who support the left and right sides of
the trolley base, keeping the handle vertical to the ground.
5. Secure the main unit in the car with ropes or other materials. Do not lock the casters with the
brake pedal, as doing so may damage the gears inside the casters.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 80
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

• Transport in an elevator
Make sure the elevator door is more than 570mm wide so that the main unit can be moved in.

3.4 Installation of Whole Device

3.4.1 Connecting the External Power Supply
Connect the plug at the other end of the power cable to a power outlet. Ensure that the ground
terminal of the plug is connected to the protection ground wire in the power outlet.

Maintain sufficient slack of the power cable to prevent the power plug from
disconnecting from the outlet when the device is moved over a short distance. If the
power plug is disconnected unexpectedly, the examination data will be lost.

3.4.2 Installing the Main Unit Box Assembly

1. Use your hands to hold the main unit box assembly, and put the boss of the main unit back
cover in the main unit support groove from top down.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 81
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

1 Main unit box assembly

2 Boss of the main unit back cover
3 Main unit support groove

2. Pull down the spring plunger, push the lower part of the main unit box assembly to the bottom,
and loosen the spring plunger. Then, the spring plunger will rebound and lock.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 82
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

1 Lower part of the main unit box assembly

2 Push back
3 Spring plunger
4 Pull down and reset

After installation, ensure that the spring plunger correctly rebounds.

The method of determining whether the spring plunger correctly rebounds is as
follows:
1. Pull the spring plunger and release it. The spring plunger can correctly rebound.
2. Without pulling the spring plunger, you cannot lift the main unit box assembly with
your hands.
If the spring plunger fails to correctly rebound, the main unit box assembly may fall
unexpectedly, damaging the device and hurting people.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 83
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3. Put your fingers on the clasping position of the cable cover, and pull the upper part of the cable
cover outward to open the cable cover. Put the magnetic plug near the magnetic socket. The
magnetic plug will automatically attract to the correct position of the socket, implementing
automatic installation and closing the cable cover.

1 Clasping position of the cable cover

2 Pull out
3 Cable cover
4 Magnetic plug
5 Magnetic socket

Maintain sufficient slack of the power cable to prevent the power plug from
disconnecting from the outlet when the device is moved over a short distance. If the
power plug is disconnected unexpectedly, the examination data will be lost.

3.4.3 Installing the Display Assembly

1. Facing the front of the display assembly, hold the display assembly upright with your hands so
that the display assembly is in the landscape mode. Observe the column on the rear of the
display to make the column appear in the lower part.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 84
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

1 Front of the display assembly

2 Rear of the display assembly
3 Unlocking lever
4 Column

2. Hold the display assembly upright with your hands, observe the mounting groove on the rear of
the display assembly, approach the rotating disk of the main unit box assembly from top down,
center the display and the main unit box assembly roughly in the left and right directions, and
place the display assembly on the rotating disk. After placing it, the unlocking lever
automatically returns.

1 Centering mark
2 Rotating disk
3 Unlocking lever
4 Unlocking lever
5 Mounting groove
6 Unlocking lever

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 85
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

7 Centering mark
8 Rear of the display assembly

Ensure that the unlocking lever correctly returns.

The method of determining that the unlocking lever correctly returns is as follows:
1. No exceptions such as convex occur on the unlocking lever.
2. An obvious sound occurs upon the return.
3. Without pulling the unlocking lever, hold the display assembly with both hands and
lift it up. The display assembly fails to be removed.
If the unlocking lever fails to correctly return, the display assembly may fall
unexpectedly, damaging the device and hurting people.

3.4.4 Installing the Storage Basket

1. The storage basket is open upward, with the mounting position side at the back. Pick up the
storage basket, align the mounting position of the storage basket to the column mounting
position of the main unit lifting base, and move the storage basket to the column from top down.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 86
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

1 Storage basket opening

2 Storage basket mounting position
3 Front
4 Column mounting position

After mounting, press the storage basket downward to ensure that it is mounted
correctly and reliably. Otherwise, it may fall, damaging the device and hurting people.

3.4.5 Installing the Big Probe Holder and the Small Probe Holder
1. Make the opening of the Big Probe Holder and Small Probe Holder upwards, align the
mounting positions of the Big Probe Holder and Small Probe Holder to the probe mounting
positions on the main unit shell, and mount the Big Probe Holder and Small Probe Holder on
the main unit box assembly from top down.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 87
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

1 Holder opening
2 Holder mounting position
3 Probe mounting position on the main unit shell
4 Big Probe Holder
5 Small Probe Holder

After mounting, press the Big Probe Holder and Small Probe Holder downward to
ensure that they are mounted correctly and reliably. Otherwise, they may fall,
damaging the device and hurting people.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 88
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3.4.6 Installing Batteries

1. Lift the trolley to the highest position.

2. Use your hands to hold the two sides of the rear on the battery box and lift it up to take off the
battery box back cover.

1 Use two hands to hold the two sides of the battery box back cover
2 Battery box back cover

3. Push back the black buttons of the doors on two sides. The doors are opened and you can
mount the battery.

4. When mounting the battery, align the battery socket with the plug in the corresponding position
of the battery pack. This position is designed for fool-proofing. If the battery is not placed in the
correct position, it cannot be inserted.

1 Push back the black buttons

2 Battery

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 89
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3.4.7 Installing the Wireless Probe Charging Station

1. Connect the power cord of the Wireless Probe Charging Station to the charging socket of the
trolley.

2. Then, align the Wireless Probe Charging Station with the two protruding positioning points on
the hook decoration cover and press down to mount the Wireless Probe Charging Station on
the trolley.

1 Positioning points

3.4.8 Installing the Wireless Charging Module

Installing the wireless charging pile

1. On the ground

1) Put the bottom of the base down on a piece of cardboard.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 90
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

2) Hold the Charging Pile module(China) with both hands, and insert the Charging Pile module
(China) on the base from top to bottom. Pay attention to the mounting direction. The left figure
shows the mounting procedure while the right figure shows that it is mounted.

3) Turn over the mounted assemblies with the back facing forward, and then use a Phillips
screwdriver to mount the two countersunk screws in the red area indicated in the figure below.

4) Tear off the release paper on the rear of the foot pads, and attach the two foot pads to the
positions of the screws.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 91
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

5) Tear off the release paper on the rear of the cushion pads. Cushion pads can be thick or thin
but with the same length and width. Observe the condition of the wall where the Charging Pile
module(China) is installed. If there is a skirting line at the bottom of the wall (the bottom
protrudes from the wall), use a thick cushion. If there is no skirting line at the bottom of the wall
(the wall surface is flat), use a thin cushion. It is specifically pasted in the pit in the red box, as
shown in the figure below.

6) Clean up the area on the ground where the module needs to be mounted, and then install the
module against the wall in the designated area. (Note: Mount it close to the socket.)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 92
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

7) Connect the power supply. The power socket is at the bottom of the right side of the module.
Pay attention to the connection direction. Then, use Velcro tapes to arrange the power cord.

2. On the wall

1) Mount the thin cushion on the rear of the Charging Pile module(China), as shown in the figure
below.

2) Mark the positions of the four mounting holes on the wall, as shown in the figure below.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 93
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3) Use a churn drill to drill holes at the four marked positions, with a diameter of 6 mm and a
depth of 30 mm.

4) Hammer the four expansion screws (white) inside the wall mounting rack into the four holes.

5) Use the self-tapping screws inside the wall mounting rack to mount the wall mounting rack on
the wall (the four holes of the wall mounting rack are aligned with the four holes on the wall).
Then, mount the Charging Pile module(China) on the wall mounting rack from top to bottom.

Mounting the wireless charging module

1. Insert the wireless charging module mounting rack into the wireless charging module slot, and
then tighten the thumb screws by using a Phillips screwdriver (M3) or by hand.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 94
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

1 Wireless Charging Module Mounting Rack

2 Wireless charging module
3 Slot
4 Screws tightened by hand

2. Insert the wireless cable plug-in terminal into the wireless charging module, and press the
magnetic ring into the baffle at the same time.
3. Mount the wireless module cover downward.

1 Baffle
2 Wireless cable
3 Magnetic ring
4 End with the shorter cable
5 Wireless module cover

4. Insert the wireless module cover into the slot at the bottom of the trolley battery pack to the
end, and insert the terminal of the wireless charging module into the plug-in terminal in the
knockout hole of the trolley battery pack (knock out the knockout hole first). The spring pin
needs to be pulled out by hand (keep it pulled out during assembly).
5. Tighten the two screws tightened by hand at the bottom. The wireless charging module is
mounted.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 95
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

1 Knockout hole
2 Slot at the battery pack bottom
3 Two screws tightened by hand
4 Spring pin

3.4.9 Connecting the probe

Connecting/Disconnecting the probe

• Freeze an image or turn off the power of the system before connecting/disconnecting
the probe. Otherwise, system or probe failure may occur.
• When connecting or disconnecting the probe, place it in a proper position, to prevent
the probe from falling off or becoming damaged.
• Only use the probes provided by Mindray. Aftermarket probes may result in damage
or cause a fire.

Connecting the Probe

Before connecting the probe, make sure the probe, probe cable, and probe connector
are free from cracks or peeling surface. Using a defective probe may result in an electric
shock to the patient.

Installation method:
1. Push the probe connector into the probe socket carefully.
2. Move the probe locking lever to the locked position to lock the probe connector.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 96
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3. Route the probe cable in an appropriate place to protect it from trampling. Make sure the cable
is not twisted with other objects. Place the probe head in a safe place to protect it from
collisions.

Disconnecting the probe

1. Toggle the locking lever to the unlocking position to unlock the connector of the probe.
2. Pull the probe connector straight out.

3.5 Adjusting the System

3.5.1 Adjusting the Display
Hold the bottom edge of the display while adjusting its position.
The display can be rotated clockwise from 0 to 90 degrees, and the screen can be adaptively
displayed in landscape or portrait mode.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 97
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

When the display is in the portrait mode, the display angle can be adjusted backward, as shown in
the following figure.

3.6 Connecting Peripherals

3.6.1 Connecting the Footswitch

Do not connect more than one footswitch to the main unit, as doing so may cause the
system to malfunction.

The system can use a USB-based wired footswitch.

• Connect
Plug the USB connector of the wired footswitch into a vacant USB port of the system.
• Set key functions
You can set the functions of the footswitch. For details, see 3.7.11 Setting the Footswitch.

3.6.2 Connecting the Video Printer

The system can work with a black-and-white or color digital video printer.
1. Place the printer in an appropriate position.
2. Connect the power cord of the printer to a receptacle. Use a USB cable to connect between the
USB port of the system and the USB port of the printer.
3. Fill the printer with printing paper, and turn on the ultrasonic system and printer.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 98
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

4. Install the printer driver as follows:

1) On the peripheral settings screen, tap the Printer Driver tab.

2) Tap Add Printer.

Note: see the printer’s operation manual to select the port, or use the default port of the
system.

3) Install the printer driver as prompted on the screen.

5. Configure the printing service as follows:

1) Choose System>Peripherals>Print Service to access the printing service screen.

2) Click Add Service.

3) Select a printing service type and enter the service name.

4) Click OK.

5) Select the printer in the Property section and set the printing parameters.

6) Click OK to complete the settings.

3.6.3 Connecting the Graphic/Text Printer

As shown in the figure below, a graph/text printer has a power cable and a data cable. The power
cable must be directly connected to a socket that is properly grounded.

1. Connect the data cable of the printer to the USB port of the equipment.
2. Power on the equipment and the printer.
3. Put the installation CD of the printer driver into the drive.
4. Install the printer driver as follows:

1) On the peripheral settings screen, tap the Printer Driver tab.

2) Tap to select and add a printer.

Note: see the printer’s operation manual to select the port, or use the default port of the
system.

3) Install the printer driver as prompted on the screen.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 99
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

5. Choose About>Peripherals to access the printing service screen.

1) Select Report Print in the Service Type column.

2) Select the printer in the Property section and set the printing parameters.

3) Click OK to complete the settings.

3.6.4 Connecting the Wireless Printer

The system can connect to a wireless graph/text printer to print reports.
Perform the following steps:
1. Connect the power cable of the printer to an appropriate power outlet.
2. Turn on the ultrasonic system and the printer.
3. Connect the system and printer to the same network and enable Wi-Fi for the printer.
4. On the printing configuration screen, select a wireless printer and perform printing settings.

3.6.5 Connecting the Barcode Reader

The system supports reading patient information such as patient ID through a barcode scanner.
1. As shown in the following figure, key parts of a barcode scanner include an LED indicator, a
scan window, and a scan trigger switch.

2. Connect one end of the scanner cable to the socket at the bottom of the scanner handle.

3. Connect the other end of the cable (USB terminal) to a USB port of the ultrasonic system.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 100
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

4. When the ultrasound equipment is running (without the need to install a driver program), press
the scan trigger switch to scan barcode information. For other usage methods, see the barcode
scanner manual.

If the barcode scanner does not work, check whether it is configured correctly, for
example, whether its Enter key is configured. For details, refer to the user manual of the
barcode scanner.

5. Place the connected scanner on the smart stand (as shown in the figure) to prevent the
scanner from falling.

3.7 Software Setup

3.7.1 Starting the System
1. Connect the power plug of the ultrasonic system to an AC power outlet and verify that the
peripherals are connected to the system correctly. The system can also be powered by a
battery (if available).

2. Press the power switch ion the right of the main unit box to turn on the system. After the system
starts, the Doppler screen appears.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 101
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3.7.2 Entering the Doppler Screen

After the system starts, it performs initialization (taking about 30s) and displays the Doppler
screen, as shown in the following figure.

3.7.3 Setting Hospital Information

1. Tap the

icon in the upper right corner, and choose Setup in the tool bar to access the setup menu.

2. On the setup screen, choose System>Region, enter the hospital name in the Name field, and
click OK.

3.7.4 Setting the System Date and Time

On the setup screen, choose System>Region>System Date and Time, and set the system date
and time.

3.7.5 Setting the System Language

On the setup screen, choose System>Region>Language, and select a language from the
Language drop-down list. Change the language. The system restarts.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 102
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3.7.6 Setting the Screensaver and Standby Mode

On the setup screen, choose System>General, and set the screensaver and standby mode in
the Screen Saver area.

3.7.7 Setting the Image/Clip Storage

On the setup screen:
• Choose About>General. On the screen, tap Image/clip storage, save the data, and perform
subsequent operations.

3.7.8 Setting the Probe Button Functions

Choose About>Key Probe. On the screen, set functions for the POC probe and wireless probe
keys.

3.7.9 Setting the Wireless Probe

Press the power-on button of the wireless probe and wait until the power-on of the wireless probe
is completed.
On the ultrasound system side, access the setup screen. Choose Network>Wi-Fi. Select one of
the wireless network adapters for wireless probe connection, and tap Effective Now.
In the wireless probe column on the screen under Network>Wi-Fi, tap Select, select the SSID of
the wireless probe, and enter the default password 12345678 for wireless probe connection. After
the connection is successful, the successful connection icon is displayed in the upper right corner,
indicating that the wireless probe is successfully connected.

Choose About>Key Probe and you can set the wireless probe button so that it can be pressed
and held, pressed, and double-tapped for implementation of corresponding functions.
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 103
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Choose About>Key Probe and you can set or view information related to the wireless probe.

3.7.10 Setting the Printer

On the setup screen, choose About>Peripherals in the navigation pane, and set the printing
service and image parameters.

Item Description
Add Service Click Add Service to add a print service.
Remove Service Removes a selected service.
Rename Service Rename a selected service.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 104
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
Default Print Service Sets a selected service as the default printing
service.
PROPERTY Allows you to set the properties of a selected
service, such as the service type and paper
size. Two service types are supported: report
printing and digital printing.

3.7.11 Setting the Footswitch

On the setup screen, choose About>Footswitch. On the screen, set the functions of the left,
middle, and right footswitch keys.

3.7.12 Setting the Network Barcode Scanner

Setting the Barcode Scanner

1. After the system is started, the setup screen appears.

2. On the setup screen, choose About>Barcode.
3. Select the corresponding tab and set related options.
• 1D Barcode Scanner
Setup items are described as follows:

Item Description
Item After scanning a 1D barcode to obtain barcode data, match the regular
expressions in descending order of priority as follows: patient ID>, other
IDs>, patient name>, sequence number>, operator>, and
diagnostician. If any regular expression is matched, the system
automatically fills the barcode data in the corresponding item on the
patient information page.
For example, scan a 1D barcode to obtain barcode data 123, match the
regular expressions in the following order: patient ID>, other IDs>,
patient name>, sequence number>, operator>, and diagnostician. If
the other IDs item is matched, the system automatically fills in the
barcode data 123 to the other IDs editing box on the patient information
page.
Regular Preconfigure custom regular expressions in the Regular expression
expression column based on the barcode format.
Add-on item After this option is selected, you can add information about multiple
operators or diagnosticians when obtaining operator or diagnostician
information by scanning barcodes.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 105
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
For example, the 1D barcode data is operator or diagnostician
information. Scan the barcode to obtain the operator or diagnostician
information A. The system fills information A in the Operator or
Diagnostician editing box on the patient information page.
Scan another barcode to obtain the operator or diagnostician information
B. The system appends information B to information A in the Operator or
Diagnostician editing box on the patient information page.
Default item If no default item is set, the scanned information is directly input after 2D
and 1D match failures. If a default item is set, the system considers
scanned information as the default item. For example, if the default item
is set to Patient ID and 2D and 1D match fail after barcode scanning, the
scanned data is automatically displayed in the Patient ID editing box on
the patient information page.
Move Up/Down Move up or down the selected item.
Add/Delete Add or delete the selected item. Only items that are set before delivery
can be added or deleted.
Restore default Restore the default values of items.
Worklist query
– If a worklist server is selected, the worklist server is queried based
on scanned information.

– If no worklist server is selected, a check is created on the patient

information page based on the scanned information.
Default query
– Select the default item for query on the worklist server.
item
For example, if Patient ID is selected, the worklist server is queried
based on the patient ID in the barcode.

– If no default query item is set, the worklist server is queried by

patient ID, sequence number, and patient information in order.

If both 1D and 2D default items are configured, the matching

priorities after barcode scanning is as follows: 2D, 1D, and default
items.

Import/Export Preconfigure barcodes by importing or exporting configuration files. For

details, Mindray Customer Service Department or sales representative.

• 2D Barcode Scanner
"Normal" parsing mode

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 106
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

The barcode is comprised of the patient ID, other IDs, patient name, DOB, and other
information.
Setup items are described as follows:

Item Description
Barcode Enter a barcode and the system automatically separates the barcode
example into the list in the lower part based on separators, which set the start
position and end position of different information items.
Parameters
– After an example barcode is entered, you can modify the patient ID,
other Ids, patient name, DOB (including the year, month, and day),
age, gender, and other fields in the Content column.

– Ignored item is used to add a line of ignored item below the

selected parameter to hide unimportant information fields in the
barcode.

– Set the start and end positions of each item by using separators.
After entering a barcode example, select the barcode field
separators. The separator drop-down list displays only the
separators that have been entered in the barcode example.

– Delete: To delete only information in the Content column of the

selected item.

– Restore default: Restore the default values of parameters.

– Age unit: Select the corresponding age unit, which can be year,
month, or day.

– Enter the custom gender symbol behind the male and female dialog
boxes, for example, male (M) and female (F).

Define the units of the DOB (year, month, and day) on the right. If
the DOB is pure digits, the system will automatically calculates
the patient's age based on the DOB provided by the patient.

Age unit Select the corresponding age unit.

Male/Female Enter the custom gender symbol.
Default item If no default item is set, the scanned information is directly input after 2D
and 1D match failures. If a default item is set, the system considers

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 107
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
scanned information as the default item. For example, if the default item
is set to Patient ID and 2D and 1D match fail after barcode scanning,
the scanned data is automatically displayed in the Patient ID editing box
on the patient information page.
Move Up/Down Move up or down the selected item.
Add/Delete Add or delete the selected item. Only items that are set before delivery
can be added or deleted.
Restore default Restore the default values of items.
Worklist query
– If a worklist server is selected, the worklist server is queried based
on scanned information.

– If no worklist server is selected, a check is created on the patient

information page based on the scanned information.
Default query
– Select the default item for query on the worklist server.
item
For example, if Patient ID is selected, the worklist server is queried
based on the patient ID in the barcode.

– If no default query item is set, the worklist server is queried by

patient ID, sequence number, and patient information in order.

If both 1D and 2D default items are configured, the matching

priorities after barcode scanning is as follows: 2D, 1D, and
default items.

Import/Export Preconfigure barcodes by importing or exporting configuration files. For

details, Mindray Customer Service Department or sales representative.

"Advanced" parsing mode

Scan a barcode consisting certain information of the hospital, enter a regular expression
based on the barcode format, and tap Match to match the scanned barcode with the regular
expression. If they are matched successfully, the barcode information is displayed in multiple
items in the item list below.

– Default item: If no default item is set, the scanned information is directly input after 2D and
1D match failures. If a default item is set, the system considers scanned information as the
default item. For example, if the default item is set to Patient ID and 2D and 1D match fail
after barcode scanning, the system automatically fills the barcode data in the Patient ID
editing box on the patient information page.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 108
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

– Import/Export: Preconfigure barcodes by importing or exporting configuration files. For

details, Mindray Customer Service Department or sales representative.

3.7.13 Connecting to the Network

Enable Wi-Fi.

1. After the system starts, tap Setup in the upper right corner of the screen to display the setup
screen.
2. On the setup screen, choose Network>Wi-Fi. On the screen that appears, tap Effect Now to
enable Wi-Fi.

iStorage pre-configuration

Item Description
Service Name Specifies the service name.
Port Specifies the port number used for data
transmission.
IP Address Specifies the IP address of the system.
Connect Tests whether the system is connected to the
network.
Charset Select the corresponding character set from
the drop-down list.
Add Adds a shared service to the service list.
Update Completes and saves the setting or
modification of server parameters.
Delete Delete the selected service from the service
list.

Set the preceding network properties and click Connect to test whether the system is connected
to the network.
After verifying that system is connected, click Add to add the configured network service to the
service list.
Select a service from the service list. The properties of this service are displayed in the Configure
Service area. Modify the settings and click Update.

Medtouch pre-configuration

You need to configure the environment for the mobile platform. The Medtouch/MedSight platform
needs to be used with a mobile phone or tablet. For details about instructions, see the MedTouch
user manual.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 109
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Enable remote maintenance.

Select Remote Maintenance Permission to enable remote maintenance of the system.

Click Upload Logs to Remote Server to upload logs to the server, so that customer service
engineers can obtain these logs from the server for problem analysis.
View the task uploading progress on the Patient Task Manager page.

eGateway pre-configuration

Before configuring eGateway, ensure that the system and the eGateway server are in the same
network segment, and that the eGateway software version is 7.1 or later.
For details about eGateway installation and configuration, refer to the eGateway instructions.
eGateway query

Item Description
Service Name Specifies the service name.
IP Address Enter the ADT data source IP address of the ADT application gateway
in the eGateway server pre-configuration.
Port Enter the MAQ monitoring port of the ADT application gateway in the
eGateway server pre-configuration.
Clear Clear the information that is entered currently.
Add Adds a shared service to the service list.
Update Completes and saves the setting or modification of server
parameters.
Delete Delete the selected service from the service list.
To set default server Select an item in the service list and tap Default. You can see Y in the
Default column.
Connect Verify whether the connection is normal.

eGateway storage
Before using the eGateway storage service, ensure that the channel-based sending mode in the
eGateway server pre-configuration is set to MDM reference.

Category Item Description

Service Service Name Specifies the service name.
configura
tion
Multi-end IP Address Enter the ADT data source IP address of the ADT
service application gateway in the eGateway server pre-
configuration.
Port /

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 110
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Category Item Description

Document IP Address Enter the ADT data source IP address of the ADT
sharing application gateway in the eGateway server pre-
service configuration.
Port Enter the SSL port of document sharing in the
eGateway server pre-configuration.
Image/Video/PDF Set the stored content.
Report
/ Clear Clear the information that is entered currently.
Add Adds a shared service to the service list.
Update Completes and saves the setting or modification of
server parameters.
Delete Delete the selected service from the service list.
Set default server Select an item in the service list and tap Default. You
can see Y in the Default column.
Connect Verify whether the connection is normal.

Set Q-Path.

The system allows you to view data on a web browser. If you have bought the storage service of
the browser, visit the URL of the browser server and enter your user name and password
(provided by the browser provider) to view the data. You can use the browser to view the DICOM
data sent to the server.
The parameters are as follows:

Item Description
Advanced Allows you to set QView full sub URL and QView lite sub URL.
Generally, the default settings are used. After changing the settings,
click Apply to save the new settings.
Enable Direct Report Allows you to tap the report button to access the Q-Path server.
Worksheet Only Specifies whether the Worksheet screen will appear directly when Q-
Path is opened.
Enter password in This item specifies whether to display the password editing box on the
worksheet worksheet editing screen.
Choose Report>Worksheet or Browse>Report>Worksheet. On the
Worksheet screen, enter your worksheet password and tap OK to
exit.
Password on End Specifies whether to the worksheet password is required when the
Exam examination is completed.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 111
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
Password Visible Specifies whether the worksheet password is displayed in plaintext.
Import Imports a custom worksheet template from the USB flash drive
(exported from the Q-Path server).
Backup Backs up the worksheet template on the USB flash drive.
Restore Loads the backup worksheet template from the USB flash drive to the
ultrasonic system.
Delete Deletes the worksheet template.
Restoring Factory Restores the factory settings of the worksheet template.
Settings

Perform the following steps:

Select the Enable Q-Path check box to enable this function.
Input the website in the address bar of the server.
Select an individual user or the default user to log in to the system.
For an individual user, you need to enter the user name and password upon each login to Q-Path.
For the default user, you need to enter the user name and password in the User Name and
Password text boxes to log in to Q-Path. Then, save the user name and password so that you do
not need to enter them again upon the next login to Q-Path.
Select an appropriate applied part from available items.
Select an appropriate exam mode from the Exam Mode list.
Select an appropriate worksheet in exam mode from the Worksheet list.
Tap OK. The machine automatically turns off.

X-Link

Before connecting to the bedside device (Patient Monitor or CMS), preconfigure the X-Link
network and enable X-Link function. X-Link function include Physio View and U View function.
Physio View: Communication with the patient monitor or CMS to obtain the monitoring waveform
and display them on the ultrasound image interface.
U View: Send ultrasound data(Report , measurement data , image)to the CMS

3.7.14 Setting the DICOM/HL7

Local DICOM Service Attributes Presetting

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 112
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

• AE Title of the local computer should be the same as the SCU AE Title preset in the
server (PACS/RIS/HIS). For example, if the AE Title of the printer server is set to
Printer, and the AE of the acceptable SCU is preset as Machine, then in the figure
above, the AE Title should be Machine (indicating that the ultrasonic machine is
SCU), and the AE Title of the print server should be Printer.
• The device name is random. If the server name is the same as that in the DICOM
server list, the system will prompt The server added already exits. Tap OK to retype
an another name.
• The IP address should be the address of the remote server.

Set properties of the local computer, including the DICOM service properties:

Item Description
DICOM AE Title Application entity title of the device.
Service (Application The AE title here should be the same as the acceptable
Properties of Entity Title) SCU set in the server.
the Local Port Communication port. The local one should be the same as
Computer the one on the server. The DICOM communication port is
2345 by default.

The port cannot be set to 4001, 6000, 3001, or 6555.

TLS Port TLS protocol communication port.

Packet Size Maximum size of the Protocol Data Unit (PDU), which does
(bytes) not need to be changed. It can be set within the range of
16384 to 65536. If the value is less than 16384 or greater
than 65536, the system automatically sets it to 32768.
DICOM Output Select a DICOM output character set based on the local
Character Set PACS.
TLS Service Import the encryption key and certificate.
Setting
TLS Client • After importing the encryption certificate, select the
Setting certificate and verify the effectiveness of the certificate
when using TLS in the DICOM storage, printing, or
worklist service.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 113
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
• Manage certificates, including the importing and
removing certificates.
Set the server Device Name Server name (name of the device supporting DICOM
services).
IP Address IP address of the server.
Ping Determines whether the connection is successful.
Server List Display the existing DICOM servers.
Setting DICOM Set various DICOM services.
Service
Log Level Select the log level.
Setting the Configure the DICOM policy.
DICOM Policy
/ Log Level This item is provided only for engineers. Log collection
levels can be set for the DICOM server.
Collection Click the collect button to capture data.

Add Servers

Perform the following steps:

1. Input the device name and IP address of the server in the server presetting box, and click Ping
to confirm the connection.
2. Click Add to add the server to the alternative server list. The name and IP address of the
server will be displayed in the server list.

Deleting Servers

Select a server in the server list, and click Delete to delete the server from the server list.

Setting the DICOM Policy

• The DICOM policy is configured and applied only for professionals with DICOM
international standard knowledge.
• Configuration staff should ensure the legitimacy of the policy.

Perform the following steps:

1. Click Set DICOM policy to enter the policy configuration screen.
2. Editing the policy:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 114
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

• Adding policies: Set Policy name and Description, click Add to add new policies. Added
policies will appear in the policy list.
• Deleting strategies: Select the custom policies in the policy list and click Delete.
• Updating policies: Select a custom policy in the policy list, modify Policy name and
Description, and click Update to complete the modification.
3. Configuring policy items:
Select a custom policy in the policy list, and configure the items for the added policy. You can
configure more policy items for the policy.
• Adding policy items: Select a function from the drop-down list. The system automatically
selects a category for the function. Set Parameter 1 and Parameter 2, and click Add to add
policy items. Added policy items will appear in the policy list.
• Deleting policy items: Select policy items in the policy item list, click Delete.
• Updating policy items: Select policy items in the policy item list, modify Parameter 1 and
Parameter 2, and click Update to complete the modification.
4. Import/Exporting policies:
• Importing policies: Click Import, find the policy file to be imported, and perform operations as
prompted. Only XML files can be imported.
• Exporting policies: Select policies in the policy list, and click Export to export the policies to a
specified path. The exported policy files are in XML format.

Setting DICOM Service

DICOM service setting includes adding and removing DICOM service in a DICOM server, and
setting the service name, port number, and address. The DICOM service can be set when the
system is installed with DICOM software package and configured with the service assembly.

Not all SCPs support verification. Please determine whether the SCP supports service
verification. If not, the verification fails.

Perform the following steps:

1. Click Set DICOM service on the DICOM service properties setting screen on the local
computer.
2. Select the corresponding tap to enter the service setting screen.
3. Select the device name, and input information such as AE Title and the port.
• Click Add to add the service to the service list.
• Select a service in the service list, change the values on the parameter screen, and click
Update to update the service items in the service list. Click Cancel to cancel modification.
• Select a service in the service list, and click Delete to delete the service.
• Select a service in the service list, and click Default to set the server to be the default server.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 115
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

4. Select a service in the service list, and click Verify to verify the connection between the DICOM
application entities.
If the verification succeeds, Verification succeeded appears in the status bar. Otherwise,
Verification failed appears.
If the verification fails, the possible causes may be: wrong IP address, inaccessible IP address,
remote DICOM service that is not running, wrong port configured, and inconsistent application
entity titles.

Setting the Storage Service

DICOM storage setting items are described as follows:

Item Description
Device Name After you set a server in DICOM Server Setting, the name will
appear in the drop-down list. Select the name of the configured
storage server.
Service Name Specifies the service properties.
AE Title Application entity title. Here, it should be consistent with that of the
storage server.
Port The communication port here should be set consistent with the
storage server port.
Maximum Retries Maximum number of retries for resending reconnection requests
upon the DICOM service failure.
Interval Time (s) Reserved function.
Timeout The time after which the system will stop trying to establish a
connection to the service.
TLS Secure transmission layer protocol. Select whether to encrypt the
data transferred over the network.
Cine Zoom Mode Set the zoom mode for sending and storing the cine file.
Compression Mode Select the compression mode.
Compression Ratio Select the compression ratio for the JPEG format. The ratio is
inversely proportional to the image quality (reserved function).
Color Mode Set the color mode.
Allowing Multiframe Enable or disable the multi-frame image storage.
Maximum Frame Rate Set the frame rate range of converting CIN files to multi-frame DCM
ones.
3D/4D Set the transfer mode for 3D/4D cine sending.
• Normal: Use the way that 2D image adopts to send files.
• Volume: Use Enhanced US Volume Storage IOD of DICOM
standards with 3D methods to send files.
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 116
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
• Data source: used to obtain 3D/4D images for 4DViewer, which is
a private method of Mindray.
Storage Setting of Set the structured report sending function.
Structured Report
Encapsulate PDF Select whether to encapsulate the measurement reports in PDF
format according to DICOM standards. If SCP supports this function,
then select it.
Key Image Marks After it is selected, only the images marked as key images will be
stored when you send and store them.
Sound You can choose whether to store sound together when storing cine
files of PW mode.
Storage Mode Set the storage mode for images and cine files:
• Parallel file: Save the current file, and get ready for the storage of
the next file.
• Parallel frame: Send the current frame, and get ready for sending
the next frame.
Tracing with Probes After it is selected, if the images are transferred into DCM files
through DICOM or DICOMDIR, the files will include the serial number
of the probe.
Policy Name Set the DICOM policy.

• If the server software supports the compression algorithm, select JPEG, RLE, and
JPEG2000. Otherwise, Original data should be selected.
• Not all SCPs support RLE, JPEG, and JPEG2000. Please refer to the electronic file
DICOM CONFORMANCE STATEMENT of the SCP to check whether SCP supports or
not. Do not select these compression modes if the storage server doesn't support
them.
• Images of PW/M/TVM/TVD mode (B image is not frozen) and images other than PW/M/
TVM/TVD mode: If Max Frame rate is not Full and the actual frame rate is greater than
the set value, the system will save the image files in a frame rate of the set value, and
transfer in a frame rate of B mode.
• Images of PW/M/TVM/TVD mode (B image is frozen): The system will save or transfer
the images files in frame rate of 6.

Setting the Print Service

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 117
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

DICOM print setting items are described as follows:

Item Description
Device Name After you set a server in DICOM Server Setting, the name will appear
in the drop-down list. Select the name of the configured print server.
Service Name Specifies the service properties.
AE Title Application entity title. Here, it should be consistent with that of the
print server.
Port The communication port here should be set consistent with the print
server port.
Maximum Retries Maximum number of retries for resending reconnection requests upon
the DICOM service failure.
Interval Time (s) Reserved function.
Timeout (s) The time after which the system will stop trying to establish a
connection to the service.
TLS Secure transmission layer protocol. Select whether to encrypt the
data transferred over the network.
Copies Refer to copies of printed files.
Settings Select the type supported by the printer.
Film Orientation Select the orientation for image printing.
Priority Set the priority of the printing tasks.
Film Size Select film size among the selections listed in the drop-down list.
Display Format Specify the quantity of images printed on each page,
for example, STANDARD\3,2 indicates 6 images are printed for each
page.
Medium Type Specify the print medium.
Cropping Specify whether you want a trim box to be printed around each image
on the film.
Minimum Density Enter the minimum density of the film.
Maximum Density Enter the maximum density of the film.
Configuration Info Enter configuration information in the field.
Destination Specify where the file is exposed.
• MAGAZINE: stored in the magazine.
• PROCESSOR: exposed in the processor.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 118
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
Magnification Type Select the printer magnifying an image to fit the film.
• Replicate: Interpolated pixels belong to duplicate of adjacent
pixels.
• Bilinear: Interpolated pixels are generated from bilinear
interpolations between adjacent pixels.
• Cubic: Interpolated pixels are generated from cubic interpolations
between adjacent pixels.
• None: without interpolation.
Policy Name Set the DICOM policy.

• Parameter setting should be consistent with the printer performance.

– For instance, if the printer does not support 8IN*10IN for Film size, please select
the size that the printer supports.

– Print environment: RGB is color printing and MONOCHROME2 is black and white
printing.

– Medium type: For black and white printing, usually Blue Film or Clear Film is
used, and for color printing, Paper is usually used. For details, please refer to
printer conformance statement.

• Change the setting if necessary.

Setting the Worklist Service

Service setting for Worklist is described as follows:

Item Description
Device Name After you set a server in DICOM Server Setting, the name will appear
in the drop-down list. Select the name of the configured worklist
server.
Service Name Specifies the service properties.
AE Title Application entity title. Here, it is consistent with that of the worklist
server.
Port DICOM communication port. The default value is 104. Here, the port
should be set to the worklist server port.
Maximum Retries Reserved function.
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 119
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
Interval Time (s) Reserved function.
Timeout The time after which the system will stop trying to establish a
connection to the service.
TLS Secure transmission layer protocol. Select whether to encrypt the
data transferred over the network.
Policy Name Set the DICOM policy.
Deleting the Element Set the DICOM elements that are not sent during worklist query.
List

Setting MPPS

MPPS setting items are described as follows:

Item Description
Device Name After you set a server in DICOM Server, the name will appear in the
drop-down list. Select the name of the MPPS server.
Service Name Specifies the service properties.
AE Title Application entity title. Here, it should be set consistent with that of the
MPPS server.
Port DICOM communication port. The default value is 104. Here, the port
should be set consistent with the MPPS server.
Maximum Retries It starts retrying if it fails to send a DICOM task to the server. The retry
entry times should be this value.
Interval Time (s) Reserved function.
Timeout Value: 5-60s, in increments of 5s, and 15s by default. The connection
is disabled if no message will be sent in 15 seconds after the MPPS
being sent.
TLS Secure transmission layer protocol. Select whether to encrypt the
data transferred over the network.

Set the MPPS service as the default when using the MPPS.

Setting Storage Commitment

Storage commitment setting items are described as follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 120
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
Device Name After you set a server in DICOM Server Setting, the name will appear
in the drop-down list. Select the name of the storage commitment
server.
Service Name Specifies the service properties.
AE Title Application entity title. Here, it should be consistent with that of the
storage commitment server.
Port DICOM communication port. The default value is 104. Here, the port
should be set consistent with the storage commitment server port.
Maximum Retries Reserved function.
Interval Time (s) Reserved function.
Timeout Value: 5-60s, in increments of 5s, and 15s by default. After image
storage commitment is sent, the system will disconnect the server
after 15 seconds.
TLS Secure transmission layer protocol. Select whether to encrypt the
data transferred over the network.
Associated Storage Only after the associated storage server is set and the check is
Service completed, can storage commitment be sent.

• Set the associated storage server before performing the storage commitment service.
• The SCU port and the IP address set on the storage commitment SCP correspond to
those on the DICOM setting screen.

Query/Retrieve

Query/retrieve setting items are described as follows:

Item Description
Device Name Select device names that can be added (including the local names).
Service Name Specifies the service properties.
AE Title Application entity title. Here, it should be consistent with that of the
storage commitment server.
Port DICOM communication port. The default value is 104. Here, the port
should be set consistent with the storage commitment server port.
Maximum Retries Reserved function.
Interval Time (s) Reserved function.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 121
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
Timeout Value: 5-60s, in increments of 5s, and 15s by default. The connection
is disabled if no image and information is received in 15 seconds after
the user receives information or images.
TLS Secure transmission layer protocol. Select whether to encrypt the
data transferred over the network.

HL7 Query Service Presetting

The device supports the following HL7 protocols versions: V2.3, V2.4, V2.5, and V2.6.
HL7 service setting is described as follows:

Item Description
Device Name After you set a server in DICOM Server Setting, the name will appear
in the drop-down list. Select the name of the worklist server.
Service Name Specifies the service properties.
AE Title Application entity title. Here, it should be set consistent with that set
on the HL7 server.
Port DICOM communication port. The default value is 104. Here, the port
should be set consistent with that set on the HL7 server port.
Maximum Retries Reserved function.
Interval Time (s) Reserved function.
Timeout The time after which the system will stop trying to establish a
connection to the service. Value: 5-60s, in increments of 5s, and 15s
by default.
Monitoring Mode The ultrasound device uses the monitoring port to receive data after
the monitoring mode is enabled.
In monitoring mode, the ultrasound system sends the queried
information as the client and monitors the query result through the
port as the server.
In non-monitoring mode, the ultrasound system sends the query
information and receives the query result as the client. The monitoring
mode is not selected by default.
Monitoring Port It is the port for the ultrasound system to receive data after the
monitoring mode is enabled. Here, the port should be set consistent
with that set on the HL7 server port.
See the server settings for the monitoring port.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 122
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

3.7.15 Setting User Permissions

1. After the system starts, tap Setup on the touch screen to display the setup screen.
2. On the setup screen, choose System>Access Control to open the user permission setup
screen.

1) Access Control: Set user permission management information.

The system administrator can set whether a user needs to be authorized to access the data in
the system.
Access can be authorized only by the system administrator.

① If Enable User Permission Management is selected on the access control setup screen,
access to system data needs to be authorized, and password policy configuration, LDAP
configuration, and password modification are supported.

② If Enable User Permission Management is not selected, all users can access all system data
without the need to request for authorization. In this case, password policy configuration,
LDAP configuration, and password modification are not supported.

③ If Enable Emergency User is selected, the administrator can edit emergency user
permissions. If it is not selected, the administrator cannot edit emergency user permissions.

2) Add Users and Assign Permissions

Log in as the system administrator. If not, you will be required to enter the administrator user
name and password during the setting.

3) Delete User
Log in as the system administrator. If not, you will be required to enter the administrator user
name and password during the setting.
Select a user in the user list and tap Delete to delete the selected user.

4) Edit Permissions
Before editing user permissions, log in as the system administrator.
Select a user in the user list and tap Edit Privilege to access the Edit user privilege dialog
box.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 123
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Select or clear the check box corresponding to a permission item to add or delete permissions.
Tap OK to confirm the settings and exit the dialog box.

5) Modify Password
The system administrator can modify passwords of all users. The default administrator
password is null. The system administrator can set administrator passwords. Operator users
can modify only their own passwords.
Select a user name in the user list, and tap Modify Password. The Modify Password dialog
box appears. Enter a new password, confirm the new password, and tap OK.

6) Configure Password Policy

Before configuring password policies, log in as the system administrator.
Tap Configure Password Policy.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 124
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description Remarks

Locking Specifies the maximum number of For example, the locking
threshold consecutive times that a user can enter a threshold is set to 5, time for
wrong password. If this threshold is resetting locking threshold to
exceeded, the corresponding account will 60 minutes, and locking
be locked. period to 60 minutes. If the
Time for Specifies the duration that a user can user enters a wrong password
resetting enter a wrong password repeatedly. for more than 5 consecutive
locking times within 60 minutes, the
threshold user will be locked for 60
Locking period Specifies the user locking period. minutes. During the locking
period, the locked user cannot
log in but other users can log
in properly.
Clear locking Clears all locking information. /
Enable strong Enhances password security by enabling /
password strong password.
• When a user created before this item
is selected logs in, the system will
prompt whether the current user
password complies with the security
policy.
The administrator can reset operator
passwords or administrator passwords
in Access Control.
If the password of a user created after this
item is selected does not comply with the
security policy, the system will prompt the
user to modify the password.

7) LDAP permission management

Before assigning permissions through the LDAP server, log in as the system administrator.
Tap LDAP Config.

Item Description
Server Address After connecting to the network, enter the server address in the
Server Address editing box.
Test LDAP Server Verify whether the server functions properly. If the server passes
the test, the prompt Server test successful is displayed.
Root DN The root DN is automatically displayed upon server test success.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 125
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
Default Domain The default domain is the DC name in the root DN. For example, if
the DC name is security1 in the root DN, the default domain is
security1.
Password Retention This item specifies the number of days that an LDAP user
Period password is retained locally. After this item is set, the user can log
in to the server without connecting to the network during the
password retention period.
• If the value is null, the user password is permanently saved
locally.
• 0: not to save the password locally.
• ≥1: The value 5 indicates saving the password locally for 5
days.
Group and Permission • Add users: Enter the group name and add permissions for
group users in the Permission drop-down box. Tap Add. The
added group name and permissions will be displayed in the list
above.
• Delete users: Select a user in the user list and tap Delete to
delete the selected user.
• Modify group name/edit permissions: Select a user in the user
list, modify the group name or add/delete permissions from the
Permission drop-down box, tap Modify, and view the newly
assigned permissions in the list above.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 126
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

Item Description
Verification Test
① Enter the group user name and password in the User Name and
Password editing boxes.

② Tap Login Test to verify whether the user can be authenticated.

The screen will display the authentication result.
Enable Custom After custom properties are enabled, the group and permission list
Properties cannot be edited.
Enter custom properties in the Custom Attribute editing box.
Properties are set by the user on the LDAP server. For details, see
the LDAP server manual.
The mapping between the permission items and attribute values is
as follows:
• iStation control: 1
• Saving check: 2
• Export check: 4
• Network setup: 8
• Maintenance menu: 16
• System setup: 32
• Workflow setup: 64
• Worklist control: 128

Permission items can be combined as required. For

example, if all of the preceding eight permissions are
assigned to user A, the attribute value of this user is
1+2+4+8+16+32+64+128=255.

3.7.16 Setting the Security Policy

Disk encryption/data clearing

Encrypt patient data stored on the machine's hard drive. The system provides two encryption
methods:
• Factory setting: Upon startup, the system enters the factory setting state by default.
• Custom: Add the custom password.
Perform the following steps:
1. Select User Define.
2. If there is no patient data in the system, click OK and enter the password and complete the
setting.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 127
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
3 Installation
Service Manual

If there is patient data in the system, the system displays a prompt to clear the data. In this
case, follow the following steps to complete the setting:

1) Tap OK to return to the setup screen.

2) Tap Clear and clear the patient data as prompted on the screen.

3) Select User Define and tap OK.

4) Input the password and tap OK.

• To restore factory settings, follow the steps above. The password is still a custom
password and you do not need to set it again.
• The password does not support input multi-language or Chinese characters.

Antivirus

The system provide anti-virus software to protect the machine from viruses, spyware, and other
malicious software. Anti-virus software is optional. To purchase it, contact Mindray Customer
Service Department or sales representative.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 128
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4 Function and Performance Check

4.1 Description
4.1.1 Description
This chapter describes only the recommended check processes.

4.2 Device Status Check

4.2.1 Running Status
1. Check whether the ultrasonic device can be normally powered on and shut down (the startup
and closing time is within the allowed range) and whether the device runs properly without any
noise or error.
2. Check whether the fan runs properly without any noise or error immediately after the system
starts.
3. Check whether system basic information, such as product configuration and software version,
is correct on the system information page.
4. Check whether the display contract and brightness settings are correct.
5. Check whether the displayed date and time are correct.
6. Check whether the status indicator of the system is normal.
7. Check all log records with the user to confirm whether there is any abnormalities.

4.2.2 Operating Environment

Check the ambient temperature and humidity. The measurements related to safety features are
particularly sensitive to humidity. If the insulation feature of the system deteriorates due to the
increase of system service time or system malfunctions, the fluctuation range of measurement
results are likely to increase with the increase in humidity.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 129
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4.3 Routine Check

4.3.1 Check Process
4 . 3 . 1 . 1 Check Process

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 130
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4.3.2 Check Items

4 . 3 . 2 . 1 Checking the Display

Procedure Acceptance criteria

• Adjust the display brightness/contrast • Brightness adjustment
• Maintain the display
Tap the icon in the upper right
Log in with the Service account, choose
corner, and slide the brightness sliding
Setup>Test Main Monitor in the
block to adjust the brightness.
Maintenance menu. On the display test
home screen, test the performance.

• Contrast adjustment

Tap the icon in the upper right

corner, and slide the contrast sliding block
to adjust the contrast.

• Maintain the display

When each function key is pressed, the
display responds normally. The acceptance
criteria for dead pixel are as follows:
1. The number of bright spots is 0 and the
number of flash spot defects is 0.
2. The number of continuous dark spots is
no more than 3 pairs, and no continuous
dark spot presents in the image area.
3. The number of three or more
consecutive dark dots is less than or
equal to 0 pairs.
4. The total number of dark spot defects is
no more than 7 and the number of dark
spots in the image area is no more than
2.
5. The number of flash spot defects is 0.
The fail point interval is at least 5 mm.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 131
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

Procedure Acceptance criteria

The area inside the rectangular box with

black/white background is the image
area.

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 Checking the Touch Panel

Procedure Acceptance criteria

• In B/M/PW/CW/Color basic image mode, • The function keys on the touch screen
check whether the function keys of the respond normally and effectively, and the
touch screen can respond normally. man-machine dialogue can be performed
normally.

4 . 3 . 2 . 3 Checking Peripherals

Procedure Acceptance criteria

Footswitch: • When the Freeze key is pressed (the Right
After confirming that the footswitch is correctly key on the footswitch), the image is frozen
connected to the USB port, choose and the freeze menu is displayed. When
System>Footswitch>Footswitch, and then the key is pressed again, the image is
check whether keys for footswitch unfrozen.
configurations function normally. For example, • When the Save Movie key is pressed (the
the Right key is used for freezing, the Middle
Middle key on the footswitch), the system
key is used for storage films backward, and
starts saving movie files.
the Left key is used for storing single-frame
• When the Save Image key is pressed (the
images.
Left key on the footswitch), the system
starts to store single-frame images.
Video printer: Check that the video printer When the preset print key is pressed, the
connects to the ultrasound equipment properly printer starts to print images and the printed
and check the functional keys. images are free of defects or degradation.
Switch the video output port or USB port, and
repeat the above steps.
Graph/text printer: Check whether the When the preset print key is pressed, the
connection between the graph/text printer and printer starts to print images and the printed
ultrasonic device is normal, and then check graphs/texts are free of defects or
the realization of each function key. degradation.
Barcode scanner: When the system is running The bar code information is displayed on the
normally, scan any bar code according to the image screen instantly and consistent with the
correct operation method. bar code data.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 132
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4 . 3 . 2 . 4 Checking the ECG Function

Procedure Acceptance criteria

After confirming that the system has the ECG is activated. ECG waveforms and a heart
optional ECG function, set ECG to On. mark are displayed, and the respiratory
waveform is displayed on the upper right of
the screen.
Speed, ECG Gain, Position, Invert, and
other parameters can be adjusted in real time.
ECG physiological signals are played back
properly.

4 . 3 . 2 . 5 Checking the I/O Port

Procedure Acceptance criteria

Check each main I/O port. • The network connection and
• Network port communication are normal.
• HDMI port • Through the HDMI port, the external
• Other USB ports display can display information normally.
• USB storage and read/write are normal.

4.4 Function Check

4.4.1 Check Process
4 . 4 . 1 . 1 Check Process

This section lists the system check items when functions are complete and details key
items. If a software function is not configured, skip the corresponding check item.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 133
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4.4.2 Check Items

4 . 4 . 2 . 1 Checking All Image Modes

B Mode

In B mode image scanning, the image parameter area on the left side of the screen displays the
real-time parameter values as follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 134
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

Parame- F D G FR Zoom SSI

ter
Descrip Fre Depth Gain Frame Zoom factor Speed of
tion quen rate (Not displayed when the factor sound
cy is 1.0)

The following parameters can be adjusted during B mode image scanning.

Adjustment method Parameter

Adjust on the right of the image area Gain, Depth
Adjust below the image area TGC, iTouch, and image quality
Zoom in and zoom out by two fingers in the Zoom
image area
Tap the Image >B mode on the touch screen Middle line, HDScope, dynamic range, Dual,
L/R Flip, iClear, V1:1 (only for linear array
probes), Patient Temperature (only for TEE),
iBeam, Gray Map, Tint Map, ExFov, Dual Live,
TSI, SSC, Dehaze, FOV Range (%),
Persistence, Smooth, Line Density, A. Power
(%), U/D Flip, Rotation, H Scale, Colorize,
iTouch, Needle Guide, LGC, Zoom Factor, HR
Flow, Echo Boost, and Img Merge

Adjustment in the image menu:

Procedure Acceptance criteria

Tap the Image >B mode The system enters the B mode and the B-
mode screen appears.
Tap Edit, and ensure that the image On the Edit screen, the left part shows the
parameters to be adjusted can be displayed in selected image parameters and the right part
the B-mode image parameter area. shows the list of available parameters. Select
the image parameters (one or more) from the
list, drag them to the left part, and tap OK.
Then you can directly adjust them in the B-
mode image parameter area.
Gain (G) Slide up the sliding block to increase the gain.
Use the Gain sliding block on the right of the Slide down the sliding block to decrease the
image area to adjust it. gain.
Depth (D) Slide up the sliding block to increase the
Use the Depth sliding block on the right of the depth and slide down the sliding block to
image area to adjust it.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 135
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

Procedure Acceptance criteria

decrease the depth. The adjustable depth
values vary depending upon the probe types.
TGC Move the cursor rightward to increase the
gain. Then the image turns bright in the
Tap in the lower left corner of the corresponding area.
image area and access the TGC adjustment Move the cursor leftward to decrease the
dialog box for adjustment. gain. Then the image turns dark in the
corresponding area.
About 5s after the adjustment is finished, the
TGC curve disappears.
iTouch Tap iTouch to adjust gain in iTouch status
among -12 through 12 dB.
Tap in the lower left corner of the
image area and optimize images. Tap and hold to exit image
optimization.
Image quality The options include Pen, Gen, Res, HPen,
HGen, and HRes.
Tap in the lower left corner of the
image area for adjustment.
Zoom factor The adjustment range is 0.8-10.0.
Two adjustment methods are available:
1. Zoom in and zoom out with two fingers in the
image area
2. Tap Zoom Factor in the image menu for
adjustment.
Middle line (only for convex and phased array It can turn on or off the Middle line function.
probes)
Tap Middle line in the image menu for
adjustment.
HDScope Range:
Tap HDScope in the image menu for Off, 1-3
adjustment.
Dynamic range Range:
Tap Dynamic Range in the image menu for 30 to 240
adjustment.
Dual It can turn on or off the Dual function.
Tap Dual in the image menu for adjustment.
L/R Flip It can rotate images left or right.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 136
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

Procedure Acceptance criteria

Tap L/R Flip in the image menu for adjustment.
The mark indicates the default
orientation of an image in the upper left
corner.
iClear Range:
Tap iClear in the image menu for adjustment. Off, 1-7
V1:1 (only for linear array probes) The Dual function needs to be turned on for
Tap ImageMenu>V1:1 for adjustment. V1:1.
Patient Temperature (only for TEE) It is displayed in the upper left corner in the
Tap ImageMenu>Patient Temperature for image area.
adjustment.
iBeam Range:
Tap ImageMenu>iBeam for adjustment. Off, 1-3
Gray Map Tap -/+ to select maps.
Tap ImageMenu>Gray Map for adjustment. There are 8 different maps available.
Tint Map Tap -/+ to select maps.
Tap ImageMenu>Tint Map for adjustment. There are 8 different maps available.
ExFov Range:
Tap ImageMenu>ExFov for adjustment. Off, 1, 2
TSI The system provides four ways of
Tap ImageMenu>TSI for adjustment. optimization for specific tissues: general,
muscle, fluid and fat.
Dehaze Tap -/+ for fine tune or directly drag the sliding
Tap ImageMenu>Dehaze for adjustment. block for quick tune.
Range: 0 to 30
FOV (%) Imaging Display Adjustment
Tap ImageMenu>FOV for adjustment. Tap -/+ for fine tune or directly drag the sliding
block for quick tune.
Persistence Tap -/+ for fine tune or directly drag the sliding
Tap ImageMenu>Persistence for adjustment. block for quick tune.
Range: 0 to 7
Smooth Tap -/+ for fine tune or directly drag the sliding
Tap ImageMenu>Smooth for adjustment. block for quick tune.
Range: 0 to 6
Line Density Four levels of line density are provided,
Tap ImageMenu>Line Density for adjustment. including UH, H, M, and L.
A. Power Range: 0.4%-100%

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 137
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

Procedure Acceptance criteria

Tap ImageMenu>A. Power for adjustment. The A. Power value is displayed in real time
in the upper part of the screen.
U/D Flip It can rotate images upward or downward.
Tap ImageMenu>U/D Flip for adjustment.
The mark indicates the default
orientation of an image in the upper left
corner.
Rotation The system supports rotation by an angle of
Tap ImageMenu>Rotation for adjustment. 0°, 90°, 180°, or 270°. When the image is
rotated in an angle of 90° or 270°, the depth
scale is displayed on the top of the screen.

The mark indicates the default

orientation of an image in the upper part.
H Scale Tap H Scale in the image menu to display or
Tap ImageMenu>H Scale for adjustment. hide the horizontal scale (width mark).
Colorize
Tap ImageMenu>Colorize for adjustment.
Echo Boost Use phased probe to activate the function in
Tap ImageMenu>Echo Boost to turn on or off cardiac mode.
Echo Boost.

M mode

In M mode image scanning, the image parameter area on the left side of the screen displays the
real-time parameter values as follows:

Parameter F D G V
Description Frequency Depth M gain M speed

Parameters that can be adjusted to optimize the M mode image are indicated in the following.

Adjustment method Parameter

Adjustment in the image area Gain, Depth, iTouch, TGC, and Image quality
Adjustment in the image menu Display Format, Speed, Dynamic Range, A.
Power (%), Dual, iClear, M Soften, Gray Map,
Tint Map, and Colorize

Color mode

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 138
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

In Color mode image scanning, the image parameter area on the left side of the screen displays
the real-time parameter values as follows:

Parameter F G WF PRF
Description Transmission Color gain Color wall filter Pulse repetition
frequency rate

Parameters that can be adjusted to optimize the Color mode image are indicated in the following.

Adjustment method Parameter

Adjustment in the image area Gain, Depth, iTouch, TGC, and Image quality
Adjustment in the image menu Scale, Auto Invert, Dual, V1:1, Dual Live,
Rotation, Tint Map, Persistence, Line Density,
A. Power, Quick Steer, Baseline, Smooth,
Priority, Wall filter, Flow State, Sensitivity, B/C
Wide, HR Flow, Smart Track, and Background
Display

Power mode

In Power mode image scanning, the image parameter area on the left side of the screen displays
the real-time parameter values as follows:

Parameter F G WF PRF
Description Transmission Power gain Power Filter Pulse repetition
frequency rate

Parameters that can be adjusted to optimize the Power mode image are indicated in the following.

Adjustment method Parameter

Adjustment in the image area Gain, Depth, iTouch, TGC, and Image quality
Adjustment in the image menu Scale, Invert, Dual, V1:1, Dual Live, Dynamic
Range, Tint Map, Persistence, Line Density, A.
Power, Quick Steer, Smooth, Priority, Wall
filter, Flow State, Sensitivity, B/C Wide, HR
Flow, and Smart Track

PW/CW Mode

In PW/CW mode image scanning, the image parameter area on the left side of the screen
displays the real-time parameter values as follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 139
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

Parame- F SVD SV Angle

ter
Descrip Transmis SV depth SV size Correction angle
tion sion
frequency

Parameters that can be adjusted to optimize the PW/ CW mode image are indicated in the
following.

Adjustment method Parameter

Adjustment in the image area Gain, Depth, iTouch, TGC, and Image quality
Adjustment in the image menu Quick Steer, Display Format, Auto Calc, Auto
Calculation Parameter, Auto Invert, 2/3 Filter,
Wall Filter, Speed (mm/s), Scale (cm/s), Calc
Cycle, Rotation, Tint Map, A. Power (%),
Dynamic Range, Gray Map, T/F Res, Colorize,
HPRF, Volume, Dual, Quick Steer, Trace Area,
Trace Sensitivity, and Trace Smoothness

4 . 4 . 2 . 2 Checking Basic Measurements

Procedure Acceptance criteria

By default, the 2D basic measurement
function is accessed. Tap any one or two
In B imaging mode, tap the icon in measurement items (such as length and
the lower left part of the image area. area). The measurement or calculation results
are displayed below the image in real time.
Tap the same icon again. The system exits the corresponding
measurement state.
Perform similar operations in other imaging The application measurement function maps
modes. different application software packages.
Perform operations selectively.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 140
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4 . 4 . 2 . 3 Checking the Cine Mode

Procedure Acceptance criteria

The system enters the cine review state.

Tap the icon to freeze the image.

The system enters the manual review state
automatically. (Prerequisite: Set Status after
Freeze to Cine.)
Perform cine review manually.

Tap the playback icon below the

image area.
Move the cursor to the start position (or image Set the start position for auto review.
frame) for review and tap the Play button on
the touch screen.

Move the cursor to the end position (or image Set the end position for auto review.
frame) for review and tap the Play button on
the touch screen.

Cine review is performed according to the

specified start and end positions.
Tap the play button
Press Freeze again to unfreeze the image The image is unfrozen. The system returns to
the scanning state and exits cine review.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 141
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4 . 4 . 2 . 4 Checking Usage of the Probe

Procedure Acceptance criteria

Insert the probe into the probe socket of the The convex probe and linear probe are
ultrasound device, and then tap Probe. connected. The ultrasonic device can identify
the probes and switch between the two
probes.
The system can switch between probes
inserted in multiple probe sockets.
The ultrasound device can immediately
identify the new probe type.
Press , remove the probe, and insert
another probe.

4 . 4 . 2 . 5 Checking Images and Managing Videos

Procedure Acceptance criteria

The system stores the current single-B image
to the patient database and displays the
During image scanning, press .
thumbnail of the stored image on the right of
the screen.
Choose Setup>System>General. Select The system automatically sends the entire
Sending/printing Image After End Exam in check image to the connected default DICOM
storage server or print server.

the Exam Setup area, and tap .

• The system enters the image review mode.
• The system exits the image review mode.
• Tap .
• Tap Exit on the image review screen,
Tap Setup>iVision. • Access the iVision dialog box to start the
On the iVision screen, add the content to be demo. Image files are played according to
played and select the demo mode. Select an file names one by one (including the image
item in the list, tap Start. After the demo ends, of system-relevant and PC-compatible
tap Exit. format).
• The system exits image demo.
The stored image corresponding to the patient
ID can be viewed. You can perform the
Tap to access the patient
following operations on the image:
information management screen.
Backup (or restore)
Send (to DICOM or USB flash drive)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 142
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4.5 Performance Test

4.5.1 Test Process
4 . 5 . 1 . 1 Test Process

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 143
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4.5.2 Test Items

4 . 5 . 2 . 1 Transverse Resolution

• For the convex probe, keep the transverse resolution targets near the central line of
the scanning plane.
• For the linear probe with Steer function, do not turn on Steer when testing the
transverse resolution.
• Magnify the targets for observation if necessary.
• The distance between the left and right edges of a target point at a certain depth
indicates the transverse resolution at this depth also.

Test procedure:
1. Place the probe gently on the acoustic window of the phantom which is covered by water or
ultrasonic gel. Ensure that the transverse resolution targets are displayed in the center of the
image.
2. Focus to the transverse resolution targets.
3. Adjust the gain, dynamic range, TGC, and other parameters, so that only the target line is
displayed clearly on the image with no tissue image in the background.
4. Read the distance between two target points that can be distinguished clearly, while keeping
the transverse targets horizontal.
5. Repeat above steps at other depths.
The image effect is shown as follows:

4 . 5 . 2 . 2 Axial Resolution

Test procedure:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 144
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

1. Place the probe gently on the acoustic window of the phantom which is covered by water or
ultrasonic gel. Ensure that the axial resolution targets are displayed in the center of the image.
2. Focus to the axial resolution targets.
3. Adjust the gain, dynamic range, TGC, and other parameters, so that only the target line is
displayed clearly on the image with no tissue image in the background.
4. Read the distance between two target points that can be distinguished clearly
5. Repeat above steps at other depths.

4 . 5 . 2 . 3 Maximum Detection Depth

• An overlarge gain may result in large noise and submergence of the echo signal.
• For the linear probe, the probe surface should be perfectly fit with the acoustic
window of the phantom without any inclination during scanning.
• For the convex or phased probe, the axial target must be placed in the center of the
scanning plane which keeps the justice of the interfering effect.
• In non-freeze mode, a distant target may be similar to a noise dot which should be
discarded.

Test procedure:
1. Place the probe gently on the phantom surface which is covered by water or ultrasonic gel.
2. Set the display depth (according to the max depth of the current probe).
3. Adjust the focus to the deepest and set AP value to the largest.
4. Increase gain, contrast, and TGC, but ensure that no halos or defocusing appears.
5. Read the depth of the most distant target line which is imaged clearly.
The image effect is shown as follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 145
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

4 . 5 . 2 . 4 Axial Geometric Positioning Accuracy

• The measurement cursor should be placed on the top edge of the target image, not in
the middle or bottom edge.
• The scanning plane should be perpendicular to each target line, in other words, the
scanning plane should be parallel to phantom section plane.

Test procedure:
1. The adjustment steps are the same with the maximum detection depth.
2. Record the distance values with a measurement caliper in step of 20 mm on the axial targets.
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 146
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

3. Select all measurement values deviating largely from 20mm, and calculate the error by the
following formula.

The image effect is shown in the figure below:

4 . 5 . 2 . 5 Lateral Geometric Positioning Accuracy

• For the linear probe, the lateral interval can be read section by section.
• For the convex probe, all lateral target points must be displayed at a time.
• The measurement caliper should be placed above or under the center of the target
point to be measured.

Test procedure:
1. Place the probe gently on the acoustic window of phantom which is covered by water or
ultrasonic gel.
2. Adjust the display depth to make horizontal targets display in the image.
3. Adjust the focus to be in horizontal targets (no explicit standard).
4. Adjust the gain, TGC, and other parameters to make each horizontal target display clearly.
5. Use a measurement caliper to measure horizontal target distance by step of 20 mm.
6. Select all measurement values deviating largely from 20mm, and calculate the error by the
following formula.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 147
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

The image effect is shown in the figure below:

4 . 5 . 2 . 6 Dead Zone

• For the linear probe, the probe surface should be perfectly fit with the acoustic
window on the phantom without any inclination.
• For the convex probe, the targets in the dead zone to be observed must be on the
center of the scan plane.

Test procedure:
1. Place the probe gently on the phantom surface which is covered by water or ultrasonic gel.
2. Decrease the display depth and move the focus to the shallowest target.
3. Reduce the AP and gain values until the background noise is perceivable.
4. Observe the depth of the shallowest target that can be clearly imaged, that is, the dead zone
value.
The image effect is shown as follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 148
Diagnostic Ultrasound System 4 Function and Performance
Service Manual Check

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 149
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5 Maintenance

5.1 Care and Maintenance

5.1.1 Overview
5 . 1 . 1 . 1 Description

The ultrasound system does not require regular preventative maintenance such as calibration or
adjustments to the hardware and transducers. Periodic cleaning and quality inspection described
in this chapter are recommended.

5 . 1 . 1 . 2 Tools, Measurement Devices and Consumables

Table 5–1 Tools and measuring devices

Tool or Measuring Device Quantity Remarks

Plastic or resin container 1 Used to store the saline, and
can accommodate two
ultrasound probes.
Soft brush 1 Its size is similar to that of a
toothbrush, and it has a soft
head.
Small plastic basin 1 Used to store the soapy
water.
Safety tester 1 Used when conducting
electrical safety tests. For
details, see 9.4 Electrical
Safety Maintenance

Table 5–2 Tools and measuring devices

Consumables Quantity Remarks

Aluminum foil About 1 m /
Normal saline solution About 1000 mL At least half of the container
should be filled with the
solution so that the probe can
be submerged by the solution.
(Concentration: 0.85-0.95%)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 150
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Table 5–2 Tools and measuring devices(continued)

Consumables Quantity Remarks
Mild soapy water About 400 mL /
Dry soft cloth or cotton cloth About 5 pcs /

5 . 1 . 1 . 3 Routine Maintenance Items

Table 5–3 Maintenance items and maintenance frequency

SN Item Recommend- Operator Method

ed Terminal Engineer
Frequency users
1 Cleaning the Dust- Once per ● ● For
Proof Filter month details,
2 Clean the touch Once per ● ● see
screen. month 5.1.2.1
3 Clean the probe After each use ● ● Flow of
(acoustic head Cleaning
part).
4 Clean the probe Once per ● ●
cable and month
connector housing.
5 Cleaning the Once per ● ●
Holders month
6 Clean the cover Once per ● ●
month
7 Peripherals to Be Once per ● ●
Cleaned month
8 Check the probe 1 time/day ● ● For
surface. details,
9 Check the power Once per ● ● see
cord and plug. month 5.1.3.1
● ● General
10 Check the battery. Once per 3–6
Inspections
months
11 Check the functions Once per year ● ●
of peripherals and
optional
accessories.
12 Mechanical Safety Once per year ● ●
Inspection

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 151
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Table 5–3 Maintenance items and maintenance frequency(continued)

SN Item Recommend- Operator Method
ed Terminal Engineer
Frequency users
13 Electrical Safety Once per year ●
Inspection

5.1.2 System Cleaning

5 . 1 . 2 . 1 Flow of Cleaning

Figure5–1 Flow of Cleaning

The touch screen can be cleaned when the device is turned on: Select Lock Screen in
the system tools menu, and lock the system for 10s so that you can clean the touch
screen when the system is on. Before cleaning other parts, power off the device and
unplug the power cable. Cleaning the device in the power-on state may result in electric
shock.

5 . 1 . 2 . 2 Cleaning the Dust-Proof Filter

Dust-proof filter of the main unit

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 152
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

• Tool: soft brush

• Method:
1. Before cleaning, remove the dust-proof net. In the direction shown in the figure below, press
the elastic buckle of the dust-proof net cover upwards and turn it outward to remove the dust-
proof net.

2. Clean the dust-proof filter: Gently brush off the dust from dust-proof filter with a soft brush.
3. Install the dust-proof net: Install the dust-proof net by performing operations in reserve order of
the dust-proof net removal procedure, and reinstall the main unit box and display back to the
trolley.

Clean all the dust-proof filters of the machine regularly (once a month), otherwise it is
easy to cause damage to the machine. When the machine is used outdoors or in other
dusty places, increase the cleaning frequency.

5 . 1 . 2 . 3 Cleaning the Display (Touch Screen)

• Tools: dry soft cloth, water or mild soapsuds

• Method: Directly use a dry soft cloth to clean the surface of touch screen. If there is still a stain,
dip a dry soft cloth with a little water or mild soapsuds to wipe and then air dry the touch
screen.

5 . 1 . 2 . 4 Cleaning the Probe

• Tools: mild soapsuds, and dry soft cloth

• Method:
1. Use a dry soft cloth to wipe off the dust on the head of the probe, connector housing, and
cable.
2. Use a soft brash to generally remove the dust on the probe connector terminal.
3. If there are still stubborn stains, dip a dry soft cloth with a little mild soapsuds to wipe off dust or
stains on the surface of the probe cable or connector housing, and then air dry them.

Do not wipe the probe connector using a wet cloth.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 153
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5 . 1 . 2 . 5 Cleaning the Probe Holder

• Tools: mild soapsuds, dry soft cloth, and soft brush

• Method:
1. Use a dry soft cloth to wipe the dust inside and outside the probe and the gap of the holder. For
the small cavity probe holder or gap, use a soft brush to gently brush off the dust and stains
from the inner layer.
2. If there are still stubborn stains, you can remove the holder, dip a dry soft cloth with a small
amount of mild soapsuds to wipe off the stains attached to the external or internal layer of the
holder, air dry the holder, and the install the holder.

5 . 1 . 2 . 6 Cleaning the Machine Shell

• Tools: mild soapsuds, and dry soft cloth

• Method: Use a dry soft cloth to wipe the dirt off the machine shell (the exposed part). Or, use
with a dry soft cloth dipped in a small amount of mild soapsuds to remove stains, and air dry
the shell.

Use a soft brush to gently remove the dust from naked interfaces or sockets (such as
probe sockets, IO panels, and power panels). Do not use a water cloth.

5 . 1 . 2 . 7 Peripherals to Be Cleaned

Peripherals to Be Cleaned

Clean peripherals according to the actual conditions of the optional peripherals, and omit items
that are not configured.

Table 5–4 Peripherals to Be Cleaned

Item Content Method

1 Color or black and Use a dry soft cloth to wipe off the dust or stains on the
white video printer outer shell of the printer, and then open the outer shell to
clean the inside of the printer. Make sure to follow
instructions of the printer for cleaning and maintenance.
2 Graphic/text printer Use a dry soft cloth to wipe off the dust or stains on the
shell of the printer, and then open the shell to clean the
inside of the printer. Make sure to follow instructions of the
printer for cleaning and maintenance.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 154
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Table 5–4 Peripherals to Be Cleaned(continued)

Item Content Method
3 Footswitch Use a dry soft cloth dipped with an appropriate amount of
mild soapsuds to wipe off the dust and stains on the keys
and cables of the pedal switch.
4 Barcode scanner Use a dry soft cloth to wipe the glass plate of the scanning
window, and then wipe of the dust or stains on the cable
and bracket. For special cleaning, make sure to follow the
instructions of the scanner.

Disinfecting the Main Unit

• The display can be disinfected when the device is turned on: Select Lock Screen in
the system tools menu, and lock the system for 10s so that you can disinfect the
display when the system is on.
• Use only the disinfectants and methods listed in this section to disinfect your main
unit. Warranty does not cover damage or accidents caused by unapproved
substances or methods.
• Do not mix different disinfectants. Otherwise, it may cause injury.
• Mindray makes no claims regarding the efficacy of the listed chemicals or methods as
a means for controlling infection. For the method to control infection, consult your
hospital’s Infection Control Officer or Epidemiologist.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 155
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

• Do not immerse main unit into liquid.

• When disinfecting the main unit, do not disinfect the metal parts and interfaces on the
main unit to prevent corrosion.
• Do not pour liquid on the main unit or let liquid enter the shell.
• If you accidentally pour the liquid on the main unit, please disconnect the power
immediately, wipe the liquid, and contact the maintenance personnel or Mindray.
• Never use abrasive materials (such as steel wool or silver polish), or erosive cleaners
(such as acetone or acetone-based cleaners) for cleaning.
• Please dilute and use the cleaner and disinfectant according to the disinfectant
manufacturer's instructions.
• After cleaning and disinfecting, please check the machine carefully. If you find aging
or damage, stop using it immediately.
• Follow local regulations when selecting and using the recommended disinfectant.
• The disinfectant recommended in this section is only used to disinfect the main unit,
and cannot be used to disinfect other parts such as probes.
• Wear clinical gloves to prevent infection.

Recommended Disinfectants

The following table lists the main unit disinfectants recommended by Mindray.

Reagent name Reagent name Type

75% medicinal alcohol Common disinfectant Solutions
99.5% isopropanol Common disinfectant Solutions
Hydrogen peroxide Common disinfectant Solutions
0.5% sodium hypochlorite Common disinfectant Solutions
SONOTM ULTRASOUND Advanced Ultrasound Solutions Inc. Wet wipes
WIPES
Schulke mikrozid® Sensitive Schulke Wet wipes
Wipes
Mikrobac Tissues Bode Chemie Gmbh Wet wipes
Dianerkang ® surface Dianerkang Solutions
disinfectant
Dianerkang ® disinfectant Dianerkang Solutions
spray
Protex Disfectant Spray Parker Laboratoires Inc. Spray

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 156
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Reagent name Reagent name Type

WIP ANIOS clean up Laboratoires ANIOS Wet wipes
WIP ANIOS Premium Laboratoires ANIOS Wet wipes
VIREX TB Diversey Inc. Solutions
Sani-Cloth® Prime PDI Wet wipes
Sani-Cloth® Bleach PDI Wet wipes
Sani-Cloth® Plus PDI Wet wipes
Super Sani-Cloth PDI Wet wipes

Disinfection Procedure

After cleaning the main unit, disinfect it as follows:

1. Wear clinical gloves to prevent infection.
2. Use disinfectants to disinfect the main unit.
Follow the disinfectant manufacturer’s recommended contact time and mode.
The manufacturer's logo and exposed ports or sockets (such as heat sinks, probe sockets, I/O
ports and sockets) and other parts cannot be disinfected.
3. Remove any residue with a water-moistened soft cloth on the main unit.
4. Use a sterile cloth or gauze to wipe off the moisture on the main unit, and do not dry the main
unit shell by heating.

5 . 1 . 2 . 8 Cleaning ECG Cables

• Tool: dry and soft cloth

• Method: Use dry and soft cloth to wipe the cable and then air dry it.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 157
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5.1.3 Inspection
5 . 1 . 3 . 1 General Inspections

Table 5–5 Common inspections

SN Content Method
1 Probes • Visually check the head of the probe for cracks or
expansion.
• Visually check the probe cable for aging or peeling.
• Visually check the probe connector for bending, damage,
or fallen stitches.
2 Power cord and plug Visually check the power cord for wrinkles, cracks or aging.
Manual check whether the connection of the power plug is
reliable, check whether the power cord or plug is loosened or
broken, and whether the anti-drop hook of the power cord is
effective.
3 Battery Check battery performance regularly: Check whether the
battery can be normally charged in startup state: If the current
battery is 100% or the battery rises after a certain period of
time, it indicates that the battery can be normally charged.
When the general battery is less than 90%, the time needed to
increase the battery power by 1% should be shorter than 5
minutes; when the battery is greater than 90%, it takes more
time to increase the battery power by 1%.
In the standby state, after disconnecting the AC power supply,
check whether the battery can maintain normal standby status
based on the standby status indicator.

5 . 1 . 3 . 2 System Function Inspection

This inspection is an effective method to ensure product quality. When necessary, perform this
inspection. Regular maintenance is not required.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 158
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Table 5–6 System function inspection checklist

SN Content Method
1 B Mode Check the basic operations of the B mode. Check some of the
basic software and hardware that affects operations related to
the B mode.
2 Color mode Check the basic operations of the color mode. Check some of
the basic software and hardware that affects operations
related to the color mode.
3 Doppler mode (PW/ Check the basic operations of the Doppler mode. Check some
CW) of the basic software and hardware that affects operations
related to the Doppler mode.
4 M mode Check the basic operations of the M mode. Check some of the
basic software and hardware that affects operations related to
the M mode.
5 Measurement (2D, Perform gray scale image scanning on the mannequin, use
M, Doppler routine the measurement control to verify the accuracy of distance
measurement; and area calculation. and verify the measurement accuracy
application based on the performance test results.
measurement is
optional)
6 Testing the touch Operate the controls at different positions on the touch screen
screen and check whether there is a response.
7 LCD Verify that the LCD display function and parameter adjustment
are normal. For details, see the LCD inspection method.
8 Software menu Check the software menu display function, and verify that
check users can access various operation menus and screens
normally.

5 . 1 . 3 . 3 Inspection of Peripherals and Optional Functions

If there are no modules or optional accessories in the system configuration, skip the relevant
inspections.

Table 5–7 Inspection of optional functions, peripherals and accessories

Item Content Method

1 Color or black and Check whether the output of the video printer is normal.
white video printer
2 Graphic/text printer Check whether the output of the graphic printer is normal.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 159
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Table 5–7 Inspection of optional functions, peripherals and accessories(continued)

Item Content Method
3 Footswitch Check whether the footswitch implements the configured
functions according to the program.
4 DVD-R/W Check whether DVD-R/W is working properly (burning,
reading and ejecting).
5 Barcode scanner Check whether the scanner works normally and the output is
correct.
6 DICOM Check whether DICOM works normally. Send pictures and
other data to DICOM server for verification.
7 ECG Module Check the user's basic operations and verify the
implementation of functions of the ECG module.

5 . 1 . 3 . 4 Mechanical Safety Inspection

Mechanical safety inspection mainly focuses on the mechanical strength and mechanical function
of key components of the ultrasound system. The main inspection and evaluation methods
include visual inspection and operation inspection. If the inspection result fails to pass and proves
that the system is in an abnormal state, stop the system and take appropriate measures. The
inspection process is as follows:

Figure5–2 Mechanical safety inspection flowchart

The checklist for mechanical safety inspections is as follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 160
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Item Content Method Tool

1 Caster Visually check that the casters are not None
broken. Turn on and off the caster locks
to ensure that casters can be locked
and released properly.
2 Caster connection Visually check that the casters are not Socket head wrench
askew and whether the connecting
screws do not crack or fall off. Use a
wrench for the inspection, and check
that the casters and the base
connection screws are not loose.
3 Handle Visually check that there are no cracks Socket head wrench
in the front and rear handles of the
machine. Hold the rear handle with
both hands, push the machine, and
gently pull it to confirm that the rear
handle is not loose.
4 Trolley supporting Pull the trolley supporting table by hand
parts to confirm that the entire trolley support
is not loose.
5 Shell of the main Visually check that the shell does not /
unit crack.
8 Other mechanical Check that no other structural parts are None
structures loose, the shell does not crack, and no
conductive parts are exposed.

5 . 1 . 3 . 5 Electrical Safety Inspection

Electrical safety inspection must be carried out by maintenance engineers with specialized
knowledge or skills or by engineers trained to have such skills.
For details, see 9.4 Electrical Safety Maintenance.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 161
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5.2 Software Maintenance

5.2.1 Viewing System Information
5 . 2 . 1 . 1 Viewing System Information

• Verify the system information before and after software maintenance.

• If necessary, remind the user to save the current system information.

After logging in using the Service account, check the product configuration, software version,
hardware board card, driver information, hardware matching status and other information on the
system information interface. Product related information can be confirmed on this page.
1. Log into the system using the Service account.
2. Press Setup, then tap About to go to the following screen.

3. On the About Detail page, view all the hardware board information of the system.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 162
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5.2.2 Logging in as the Service User

5 . 2 . 2 . 1 Logging In to the Service Account

Login method:
1. Use one of the following methods to access the login dialog box and log in to the system as the
Service user:
• If access control is disabled, connect a digital keyboard, press ctrl+/ to show the login screen,
input 0755 under the Admin account, and select the service user from the user name drop-
down list to log in to the system.
• If access control is enabled, tap the access control icon on the task bar of the main screen and
then tap Switch User. In the displayed login dialog box, input 0755 under the Admin account,
and select the service user from the user name drop-down list to log in to the system.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 163
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

2. After logging into the system as service, choose Setup>Maintenance>Setup to access the
corresponding maintenance menu:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 164
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5.2.3 Importing Configuration File after SSD Replacement

5 . 2 . 3 . 1 Importing Configuration File after SSD Replacement

When you turn on a TEX series machine for the first time after replacing SSD, the system will
prompt importing the configuration file. Perform the following steps:
1. After replacing SSD, contact Mindray after-sales service engineer to download the
configuration file from Mindray internal platform.
2. Decompress the configuration file, copy it to a USB drive and check whether the folder contains
Config.key.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 165
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

3. Insert the USB drive to the USB interface, and start the machine. The system prompts you to
import the configuration file.

4. Click Import Configuration, select the key folder in the USB drive, and then click OK. After the
file is imported, the system prompts "Imported successfully".

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 166
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5.2.4 Recovering the Software

5 . 2 . 4 . 1 Recovering the Software

For details, see the System Recovery Guide.

5.2.5 Self-Tests
5 . 2 . 5 . 1 Self-test Introduction

The self-test function is inherent in the TEX series and aims to test the connections of hardware
boards and the running status of the system. According to the permission and test content, there
are four types of tests: production self-test, maintenance self-test, user self-test, and remote self-
test. This section details the maintenance self-test and user self-test.

5 . 2 . 5 . 2 Operation Procedure of Maintenance Self-test

Wait for the Doppler to complete all the tasks before starting the system self-test;
otherwise, the self-test program may not respond. It is recommended that you start the
self-test software directly after starting the system.

1. Switch to user Service and enter the password to log in.

2. On the Setup menu, click the Maintenance menu item, and then click Setup.

In the pop-up dialog box, click Self Test.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 167
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

If the language of the current Doppler system is Chinese, a Chinese page of the self-test
program is displayed.
If the language of the current Doppler system is not Chinese, an English interface of the
self-test program is displayed.

3. Enter the system self-test startup interface.

Figure5–3 System self-test startup page

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 168
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

4. On the maintenance self-test main page, you can pre-configure the corresponding test items
by referring to the following table. Click Start to enter the maintenance self-test state after the
configuration is completed.

Button or Check Function

Box
Open All Click this button to expand all the folded test items.
Close All Click this button to fold all the expanded test items.
Default Click this button to automatically select the default test items required
by the system, and the corresponding test block diagram will be
highlighted.
Select All Click this button to select all test items and all the test block diagrams
will be highlighted.
Clear All Click this button to deselect all test items and all the test block diagrams
are not highlighted.
Continue/Stop There are two options: Continue and Stop. If Continue is selected, it
means that the test will continue even if any test item fails during the
test. If Stop is selected, the test will be stopped once a test item fails
during the test.
Start Click this button to test the selected test items one by one, and
meanwhile the button will change to the Stop button. If the Stop button
is clicked during the test, the test will be terminated. After the test is
completed, the text on the Stop button will become Start again, and
can be clicked to start the next test.
Next Fail When the test is complete, click the Next Fail button, and the program
will automatically look for the next failed test item in the test information
list and display the test information of this item in the first row of the list.
If the last row of the list is reached, the query automatically starts from
the first row of the list.
Clear History Click this button to clear the test data in the test items and test
information and restore the system structure to the initial state.
Loops Select this check box to start the loop test control. If this check box is
selected and the number of loops is entered in the right text box, the
test will be conducted according to the number of loops entered. If the
number of loops is less than 0, the loop tests will be conducted until the
user stops the test or the test is stopped when an error occurs.
Save Report Click this button to display the report export dialog box. Insert the
mobile storage device, select the corresponding logical drive letter, and
then click OK. The test data will be saved to the root directory of the
selected logical drive. If the mobile storage device is not inserted, the
button becomes unavailable.
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 169
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Button or Check Function

Box
Shut Down Click this button to close the program, and the machine shuts down
automatically. If the test report is not saved, the system will prompt you
whether to save the test report to the mobile storage medium before
shutdown.
System structure Clicking a module in the system structure will deselect all other modules
and highlight only the selected module. Continue to click other modules
to add or remove modules.
Note: In the test item area, the test items are sorted by board into multiple parent test items.
Each parent test item contains a plurality of sub-test items. Test items can be customized as
required. If the check box in front of the test item is selected (in state), the test will be put
into the test sequence; otherwise, if it is cleared (in state), the test will not be put into the
test sequence. When a parent test item is selected or deselected, the child test items
included in the parent test item are selected or deselected by default.

The user can see production, maintenance and user self-test pages from the screen. The
production and maintenance self-test pages can be divided into five areas.

Figure5–4 Maintenance self-test page

5. Self-test status display

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 170
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

When the self-test program is running, the self-test software version is displayed in the upper
left corner on the status bar: Version of the self-test software in TEX customer service mode: xx
Release date: xxxx-xx-xx During testing, the software version information in the status bar
changes to the name of the current test item. The status bar shows both the test progress of
the current test item and the overall test progress. In addition, a warning message appears in
red on the status bar "Warning: Make sure AC connect to machine on self-test or maybe
shutdown automatically!"
Beyond that, the status bar shows the remaining time of the test.

Figure5–5 Test status bar

6. Monitoring information bar

The monitoring information bar shows the current time, CPU usage, memory usage, CPU
temperature, and FGPA junction temperature in real time. The value ranges of the CPU
temperature and FPGA junction temperature are displayed in white.
When the temperature exceeds the working temperature, the temperature color in the status
bar will be displayed in red.
7. System structure diagram
During the test, the elements in the system structure diagram will change colors according to
the test results. If the test fails, the related element is displayed in orange. If the test succeeds,
the related element is displayed in green. If the color does not change, the element is not
tested.
8. Test information
When the test is complete, the test result for that test item is displayed. The test result is
marked as PASS in green for a passed sub-test item, and as FAIL in red for a failed sub-test
item. If a test item is not performed, it is marked as Skip in gray. If the board or component is
not in position, the test item is marked as NaN in gray. If an error occurs during the test, the test
item is marked as Error in red. For a parent test item, the test result is a summary of the test
results of the selected child test items. If there are failed test items among the selected child
test items, the test result of the parent test item is FAIL. The test result of the parent test item is
PASS only if the test results of all selected child test items are PASS. See the figure below.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 171
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Figure5–6 Display of test results in the test item list

Click a test item in the list, and the program will automatically index the detailed test results
corresponding to the test item, and display the test results in detail, as shown in the figure
below.

Figure5–7 Display of test results in the message list

All test items are automatically numbered in the format of ZXXYY, where XX indicates the
sequence number of the level-1 test item where this test item belongs, and YY indicates the
sequence number of the level-2 test item. For example, "Parameter board I2C communication
test" is numbered Z0801, where 08 indicates that "Main display" is the eighth test item under

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 172
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

the first-level directory, and 01 indicates that "Parameter board I2C communication test" is the
first test item under "Main display".

5 . 2 . 5 . 3 User Self-Test

Turn on the machine, tap Setup, and choose Maintenance>Setup>Self-test for a self-test.

Figure5–8 User self-test page

The user self-test page is divided into three areas: self-test item display area, monitoring
information bar, and status bar. The functions of the monitoring information bar and status bar are
the same with those on the user page. The self-test item display area shows only tested items, but
not the test results.

Button or Check Box Description

Start/Stop Click this button to test the selected test items one by one, and
meanwhile the button will change to the Stop button. If the Stop button
is clicked during the test, the test will be terminated. After the test is
completed, the text on the Stop button will become Start again, and
can be clicked to start the next test.
Test Report Save This check box displays the logical drive letter of the mobile storage
Path check box medium connected to this system (such as the USB flash drive and
mobile hard disk). During the test, this check box is unavailable.
If there is no mobile storage medium, click the control and the system
will prompt you to insert the mobile storage medium.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 173
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Button or Check Box Description

Save Report Click this button to save the test data to the root directory under the
specified logical drive letter. This button is unavailable during the test
or if no logical drive letter is selected.
Shut Down Click this button to close the program, and the machine shuts down
automatically. If the test report is not saved, the system will prompt you
whether to save the test report to the mobile storage medium before
shutdown.

When you enter the user self-test page, the self-test starts directly. After the test is complete, if
any test item fails, the page only displays the ID of the failed test item. For example, when
"Parameter board I2C communication test" fails, only Z0801 is displayed on the screen.
According to the appendix, the test item corresponding to Z0801 is "Parameter board I2C
communication test".
The PASS dialog box pops up only when the test results of all test items are PASS, as shown in
the figure below.

5 . 2 . 5 . 4 Test Report

Test report

The test report is in HTML format and can be opened using Microsoft Internet Explorer. The
format of the maintenance self-test report is as follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 174
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

On the left is a list of test items, which are classified according to test results. When you click a
test item on the left, the report automatically indexes the test data for that test item.
On the right is the test information, which includes the following contents:
1. Report name;
2. Time of report generation, software version information, and release date;
3. Screenshot of system structure diagram;
4. System information;
5. Maximum temperature;
6. Failed test item data (if there are no failed test items, this branch is not displayed);
7. Passed test item data (if there are no passed test items, this branch is not displayed);
8. Skipped test item data (if there are no skipped test item, this branch is not displayed);
The test data format for each test item is as follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 175
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Where, Z0204: ID of the test item;

Board/Module: board or module where the test item is located;
Test Result: result of the test item;
Information: test information.

Saving of test data

The test report is named by time and packaged in a.zip file.

The test report will be saved in the /mrcs/d/TEX/Log/SelftestReport directory, and up to 20 test
reports can be saved.
• Non-loop test
For the non-loop test, the test results are automatically compressed into a .zip file and stored
under /mrcs/d/TEX/Log/SelftestReport. One .zip file contains only one report.
• Loop test
For the loop test, when you click Save Report after the test, the test results will be
compressed into a .zip file and saved under /mrcs/d/TEX/Log/SelftestReport. A .zip file
contains N reports, which are placed in the Test Report Loop_N folder. The test result is PASS
or FAIL, and N is the number of loops.

Export of test data

1. Insert a USB flash drive or mobile storage device into the USB port of the system.
2. After specifying the logical drive letter of the mobile storage medium, directly click Save Report
on the test page to export the test data to the root directory of the drive letter, and the folder
name is Test Report. After data is exported successfully, a success message is displayed.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 176
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

3. For detailed explanation of the self-test items, see 9.3 Description of Self-Test Items.

Without the mobile storage medium inserted on the computer, users cannot export the
data.

5.2.6 Exporting and Viewing Logs

5 . 2 . 6 . 1 Exporting Logs

Logs can only be exported to the external USB storage devices. Before exporting logs,
make sure that the USB flash drive is properly connected and has sufficient storage
space.

1. Insert the USB flash drive into the USB interface of the machine.
2. On the maintenance interface, click Setup, and select Export Log to enter the log export
interface.
3. On the page displayed, select the destination path and click OK to save the log.
4. When the export is complete, the prompt "Export Succeed" is displayed. Click OK to return to
the home interface.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 177
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5 . 2 . 6 . 2 Viewing Logs
1. Log in to the system as Service.
2. Choose Setup>Maintenance>Log Manager to enter the following interface:

Type Item Description

Logs Information / Displays the number of logs
and the total size of the log
file.
Export Log Export Log With Preset Data Exports the log file that
contains the preset data.
Compress Logs (and Preset) Exports logs and preset data
in a compressed manner.
All Log Exports all logs.
Last Week Exports the log of the last
week.
Last Month Exports the log of the last
month.
Export Log Click this button to export the
selected log.
In the pop-up dialog box, you
can rename the log file.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 178
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Type Item Description

/ Clear All Logs Click this button to delete all
logs in the system.
Clear Logs Before Enter the number of days
and click this button to delete
the log generated before the
number of days entered.
You can only enter an integer
between 3 and 999.
Type Item Description
Auto Clear Logs Select this check box and
enter a number in the Clear
Logs Before text box. You
can only enter an integer
between 3 and 999.
After the restart, the system
will automatically clear the
log generated before the
number of days entered.
Viewing Logs Click this button to view the
last 2000 error log records.

5.2.7 Optional Software Function Management

5 . 2 . 7 . 1 Installing Optional Functions
1. Copy the key files of optional functions to the USB flash drive and insert the USB flash drive to
the USB interface of the machine.
2. Log in as Service, open the Setup menu, and tap Maintenance to enter the Option menu.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 179
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

3. Click Install. In the displayed Open File dialog box, select the corresponding key file and click
OK.
4. If you need to install two or more components at a time, select the corresponding components,
click Batch Install, and select the path in the pop-up dialog box. Then the system will install
the selected components according to the matching key files contained in the folder.
5. After the key file is installed successfully, the system returns to the preset interface directly and
the state of the optional component will be changed to Installed. After the system returns to the
setup page, the corresponding function can be used.

After installation of all optional functions, return to the optional component page to
confirm the information.

5 . 2 . 7 . 2 Uninstalling Optional Functions

Only internal users can uninstall optional functions. The service engineer must first log
in the system as a user before uninstallation.

1. Log in as Service, open the Setup menu, and click Maintenance to enter the Option menu.
2. After entering the Option menu, select the software function package to be uninstalled from
the optional component list
3. Tap Uninstall. In the displayed Confirm dialog box, tap OK. Return to the setup page, and the
status of the optional function changes to Uninstalled.

5 . 2 . 7 . 3 Trying Out Optional Functions

1. Log in as Service, open the Setup menu, and click Maintenance to enter the Option menu.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 180
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

2. After entering the Option menu, select the software function package to be tried out from the
optional component list.
3. Click Trial. In the displayed Confirm dialog box, click OK.

• If you use a common account to log in to the system and activate the trial function,
the trial period is 90 days.
• If you use an account to log in to the system and activate the trial function, the trial
period is 180 days.
• If you have activated the 90-day trial using a common account, you can activate the
180-day trial using the account only after the 90-day trial period expires.

5 . 2 . 7 . 4 Promoting Optional Functions

1. Log in as Service, open the Setup menu, and click Maintenance to enter the Option menu.
2. Click Promote.

The promotion function is only applicable to uninstalled optional functions. If an option function
is installed, the promotion function is not available.
3. Select a software function.
4. Click OK to complete the operation.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 181
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

Before installing the promotion key, if the customer has been trying out the optional
function using the Service account for a period of time, the trial period is: 365 days -
Number of trial days of the Service account.

5.2.8 Preset Data Management

5 . 2 . 8 . 1 Operation Instructions

Under the Setup menu, click Maintenance to enter the maintenance page. You can export or
import the system preset data or restore factory settings based on your requirements.

5 . 2 . 8 . 2 Backing Up the Preset Data

1. On the Module interface, tap the Export button at the bottom to open the Export All Data
dialog box.

2. Select the path to store the data.

3. Click OK. The export progress bar appears, and all the preset data is exported to the specified
location.

5 . 2 . 8 . 3 Restoring the Preset Data

1. On the Module interface, tap the Import button below to open the Load Data dialog box

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 182
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

2. Select the path to import the data. Some or all of the preset data can be imported.

3. Click OK. The import progress bar appears, and the preset data is imported into the selected
module.

5 . 2 . 8 . 4 Restoring Factory Settings

Click Load Factory. Factory settings are restored, but factory settings of the following items are
not restored: zone preset data, permission management, DICOM preset data, and network preset
data (including iStorage).

5.2.9 Patient Data Management

5 . 2 . 9 . 1 Backing Up Patient Data
1. Tap iStation at the bottom of the touch screen to open the iStation dialog box.
2. Click Select All Exams to select all data, or select the data to be backed up one by one.
3. Click the selected information, and then click Backup Exam to pop up the Backup Patient
Record dialog box, select the target disk (CD-ROM or USB flash drive), and click Backup. The
system automatically backs up the selected data.
4. Select Encrypt backup exams for USB only, enter the password in the Password and
Confirm password text boxes, and click Backup to complete the setting. A Patient.7z
compressed package is generated on the USB flash drive.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 183
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

You need to enter a password to open the file. The file cannot be opened without the
password. Therefore, keep the backup password properly.

5 . 2 . 9 . 2 Restoring Patient Data

1. Tap iStation at the bottom of the touch screen to open the iStation dialog box.

2. Select the disk where the patient data is located. Click Select All Exams to select all data, or
select the patient data to be restored one by one. Click the selected information, and then click
Resume Exam. The patient data on the current disk will be restored to the master patient
database.

5 . 2 . 9 . 3 Deleting Patient Data

1. Tap iStation at the bottom of the display to open the iStation dialog box.

2. Select the drive which contains the patient data. Tap Select All Exams to select all data or
select patient data one by one. Tap Delete to delete the selected patient data.

5 . 2 . 9 . 4 Sending Patient Data

The system allows you to send patient exam data or images to another storage medium (DICOM
or iStorage) or for printing, or send the exam information to a removable storage medium and
import the exam information to a PC or back up the exam information to the ultrasound system for
review.
1. Select the patient record, and tap Send Exam in the menu to send exam data or images of the
selected record.
2. Select a destination in Destination and set related sending parameters.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 184
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

5.2.10 Recycle Bin Management

5 . 2 . 1 0 . 1 Recycle Bin Management

The recycle bin is mainly used to store deleted patient data, examination data and images. Patient
data, examination data, and images can be recovered from the recycle bin before the recycle bin
is emptied.
To recover the deleted patient data, perform the following steps:
1. Click the recycle bin icon in the system status area (this icon is unavailable when it grays out)
to enter the Patient Recycle Bin page.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 185
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
5 Maintenance
Service Manual

2. Select an item to be restored from the list.

3. Select an operation item:
• Tap Restore Items to restore the item on the iStation screen.
• Tap Delete to completely delete the item. The deleted item cannot be recovered.
• Tap Restore All Items to restore all items in the recycle bin.
• Tap Empty Recycle Bin to clear all the contents of the recycle bin. The cleared contents
cannot be recovered.
• Tap Exit to exit the Patient Recycle Bin screen.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 186
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
6 Upgrade
Service Manual

6 Upgrade

6.1 Upgrade of the Operating System and

Ultrasound Application Software
6.1.1 Obtaining Software
For the upgrade version applicable to the machine, contact Mindray to obtain the relevant
information. The software is obtained from the TDS platform.

6.1.2 Upgrade Method

The upgrade method is the same as the software recovery method. For details, see the System
Recovery Guide.

6.2 Upgrading Optional Software Functions

6.2.1 Upgrade Method of Optional Software Functions
For details, see 5.2.7.1 Installing Optional Functions.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 187
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
6 Upgrade
Service Manual

6.3 Upgrading Hardware Optional Functions

6.3.1 List of Hardware Optional Accessories
6 . 3 . 1 . 1 List of Hardware Optional Accessories

No. FRU Code FRU Picture Remarks Installa-

Name tion
Refer-
ence
1 115- Printer
077927-00 Bracket
Assembly

2 115- Towelette
075672-00 Holder
Assembly

3 043- Storage
015535-00 Box

4 043- 2142 Storage

012949-00 Storage basket
Basket for
(SY) refer
ence
7.42.2
Disas
sembly
and
Assem
bly
5 115- ECG
088880-00 Module
(IEC/
China)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 188
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
6 Upgrade
Service Manual

No. FRU Code FRU Picture Remarks Installa-

Name tion
Refer-
ence
6 115- Wireless 3.4.8
081976-00 charging Installing
module the
Wireless
Charging
Module
section
for
refer
ence
7 115- Wireless
081992-00 Station (3
Flat-Pin
Power
Cord)

8 115- 2149 Li-ion

085156-00 Battery Kit
(2 items)
9 115- Puncture
060672-00 Guide
Assembly
Kit (CFDA)

10 115- Wireless
052137-00 Micro
phone Kit
11 115- iVocal Plus
081330-00 Micro
phone
Array

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 189
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
6 Upgrade
Service Manual

6.3.2 Upgrade Method

6 . 3 . 2 . 1 Upgrading the Printer Bracket Assembly

Align the printer support with the mounting holes at the bottom of the trolley, and use a Phillips
screwdriver to mount two M5X25 stainless steel cross countersunk head screws to mount the
Printer Bracket Assembly on the trolley.

1 Two M5X25 stainless steel cross countersunk head screws

6 . 3 . 2 . 2 Upgrading the Towelette Holder Assembly

Hold two sides of the Towelette Holder Assembly, and press along the arrow direction to mount
the Towelette Holder Assembly to the trolley.

6 . 3 . 2 . 3 Upgrading the Storage Box

Hold two sides of the storage box, align the storage box with the two positioning points on the
hook decoration cover, and press along the arrow direction to mount the storage box.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 190
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
6 Upgrade
Service Manual

1 Storage Box

6 . 3 . 2 . 4 Upgrading the ECG Module

Connect the port cable of the ECG module to the serial port on the rear of the main unit, so as to
complete mounting of the ECG module.

6 . 3 . 2 . 5 Upgrading Functions of the Wireless Probe Charging Station

1. Connect the power cord of the Wireless Probe Charging Station to the charging socket of the
trolley.

2. Then, align the Wireless Probe Charging Station with the two protruding positioning points on
the hook decoration cover and press down to mount the Wireless Probe Charging Station on
the trolley.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 191
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
6 Upgrade
Service Manual

1 Positioning points

6 . 3 . 2 . 6 Upgrading the Wireless Charging Module

For details about the upgrade method, refer to 3.4.8 Installing the Wireless Charging Module.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 192
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7 FRU Replacement

7.1 Before Assembly/Disassembly

7.1.1 System Structure

1 Main unit assembly

2 Display assembly
3 Main unit lifting base

7.1.2 Unpacking Tools

Name Type Remarks
Socket head wrench / M3, M4, M5, M6, and M8
Crosshead screwdriver 107*75 M2, M3, and M4
Flathead screwdriver / /
Sharp nose pliers / /
Diagonal cutting pliers N-206S /
Anti-static gloves / /

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 193
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.1.3 Personnel Requirements

Only technical professionals from Mindray or engineers authorized by Mindray after training can
perform assembly and disassembly.

7.1.4 Assembly/Disassembly Requirements

Make the following preparations before disassembling the ultrasound device:
1. Stop scanning and image capture, shut down the system, disconnect the AC power supply, and
remove the AC power cable.
2. To prevent scratching the surface of the device, prepare a soft workbench that is clean without
sundries.
3. Prepare the tools required.

7.1.5 Sketch
This section describes the disassembly processes of major assemblies and hardware boards.
The assembly process is the inversed disassembly process unless otherwise specified.

The illustration of assembly/disassembly is provided for reference only, and the

concrete picture depends on the actual model.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 194
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.2 Display Assembly (FRU)

7.2.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083574-00 Display Assembly
(FRU)

Function description:
The display includes the display and touch functions, respectively responding to the image display
and touch actions.

7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Stand before the display face to face, put your hands at the unlocking lever position, and pull
the unlocking lever outward with two hands.

2. After the unlocking lever is pulled to the bottom, lift up the display to remove it.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 195
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Monitor
2 Unlocking lever
3 Pull out
4 Pull out
5 Unlocking lever
6 Lift up

7.2.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 196
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.3 Speaker (FRU)

7.3.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083575-00 Speaker (FRU)

Function description:
It outputs sounds such as the PW/CW sound.

7.3.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Socket head wrench (M5), crosshead screwdriver (M3), crosshead screwdriver (M4), and
diagonal cutting plier

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.7.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, and 7.4.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the Display Rotatory Assy(With
conversion board).

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 197
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

2. Use cutting pliers to cut off the cable tie that fixes the power signal cable of the speaker, and
remove the 2 small Phillips pan-head screws on the left and right sides of the speaker.

1 2
Phillips pan-head screw (M4)
2 2
Phillips pan-head screw (M4)

3. Remove the two speaker spacers on the left and right sides, remove the speaker, and remove
the two speaker sleeves on the left and right sides. Be careful not to lose the speaker sleeves.

1 Speaker

7.3.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 198
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.4 Display Rotatory Assy (With conversion

board/FRU)
7.4.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083576-00 Display Rotatory Assy 009-010303-00 LCD Signal cable
(With conversion (HDMI)
board/FRU) 009-010304-00 LCD Power supply_
Control signal cable

Function description:
It supports display rotation.

7.4.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Socket head wrench (M5) and crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 199
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.7.2 Disassembly
and Assembly to remove the Display Assembly and the main unit front cover.

2. Remove the cables between the Display Rotatory Assy(With conversion board) and the main
unit as follows:
a. Remove the four Phillips pan-head screws of the outlet shielding cover of the main unit, and
take off the outlet shielding cover of the main unit.
b. Remove one Phillips pan-head screw of the cable crimp and take off the cable crimp.
c. Remove one Phillips pan-head screw of the ground terminal and take off the ground
terminal.

1 Six Phillips pan-head screws (M3)

2 Outlet shielding cover of the main unit
3 Cable crimp
4 Grounding terminal

3. Remove the HDMI, power supply, and control cable terminals.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 200
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 HDMI terminal
2 Power supply and control cable terminals

7.4.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.5 LCD Signal cable (HDMI)

7.5.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
009-010303-00 LCD Signal cable
(HDMI)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 201
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.5.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Socket head wrench (M5), crosshead screwdriver (M3), and diagonal cutting plier

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.4.2 Disassembly
and Assembly to remove the main unit front cover and the Display Rotatory Assy(With
conversion board).

2. Remove the eight Phillips pan-head screws (M3) (with four sides and two on each side) of the
rotating disk cover, and remove the rotating disk cover.

1 Four Phillips pan-head screws (M3)

2 Two Phillips pan-head screws (M3)

3. Remove the two Phillips pan-head screws of the ground terminal on the up and down sides and
take off the up and down ground terminals.
Remove the two Phillips pan-head screw of the HDMI plug and take off the HDMI plug.
Remove the three cable ties and take off the power and signal terminals.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 202
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Power and signal terminals

2 Three cable ties
3 Grounding terminal
4 HDMI plug
5 Two Phillips pan-head screws (M3)

4. Take off the LCD signal cable (HDMI).

7.5.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 203
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.6 LCD Power supply_Control signal cable

7.6.1 General Information

1 LCD Power supply_Control signal cable

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
009-010304-00 LCD Power supply_
Control signal cable

7.6.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Socket head wrench (M5), crosshead screwdriver (M3), and diagonal cutting plier

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.5.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the LCD Power
supply_Control signal cable.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 204
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.6.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.7 Main unit front cover

7.7.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-084170-00 Main unit front cover

7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.39.2 Disassembly
and Assembly, and 7.40.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the display assembly.

2. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.19.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the dust-
proof net.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 205
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

3. Remove the four screw rubber plugs on the main unit front cover, and then remove the four
Phillips pan-head screws that fix the main unit front cover, as shown in the following figure.

1 Main unit front cover

2 Four Phillips pan-head screws
3 Screw plug

4. Remove the four hexagon socket combination screws (M5) of the Display Rotatory Assy(With
conversion board), lift up the Display Rotatory Assy(With conversion board), pass the Display
Rotatory Assy(With conversion board) through the hole on the main unit front cover, and take
off the main unit front cover.

1 Hexagon socket combination screw (M5)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 206
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.7.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.8 Slide assembly

7.8.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083577-00 Slide assembly

Function description:
It supports display lifting.

7.8.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Socket head wrench (M5), crosshead screwdriver (M3), crosshead screwdriver (M4), and
diagonal cutting plier

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 207
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.7.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.4.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.3.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the
main unit front cover, Display Rotatory Assy(With conversion board), and speaker.

2. Remove the six Phillips pan-head screws of the slide assembly and take off the display slide
assembly.

1 Six Phillips pan-head screws (M4)

3. The following figure shows the display slide assembly that is taken off.

7.8.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 208
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.9 Probe Board Assembly (FRU)

7.9.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083578-00 Probe Board
Assembly (FRU)

Function description:
It connects and expands the probe channel with the transmitting and receiving channel in the
main unit box.

7.9.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves
Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the main
core.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 209
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

2. Remove the seven Phillips pan-head screws of the Probe Board assembly, and take off the
Probe Board assembly.

1 Probe board assembly

2 Seven Phillips pan-head screws

7.9.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.10 Release lever (2142)

7.10.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-012552-00 Release lever (2142)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 210
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.10.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.9.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the Probe
Board assembly.

2. Remove the Phillips pan-head NYLOK screws on the probe lock button, and take off the probe
lock button.

1 Phillips pan-head NYLOK screw

7.10.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 211
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.11 PC Module (FRU)

7.11.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083581-00 PC Module (FRU)

Function description:
The PC module aggregates CPU, iGPU (core graphics/integrated graphics), host bridge (IO
extension), memory bank, network adapter, etc. Together with main board, hard disk and
independent video card, as the calculation and control center of the entire unit, the PC module
fulfills the comprehensive functions on the computer system.

7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves
Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 212
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.4.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.9.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off
the cover of the main board box.

1 Cover of the main board box

2 13 Phillips pan-head screws

2. Remove the four Phillips pan-head screws on the PC module, and take off the PC module
assembly.

1 Four Phillips pan-head screws

2 PC Module

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 213
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.11.3 Commissioning and Verification

Precautions

None

Tools Required

USB flash drive

Fixtures Required

None

Prerequisites

You need to apply for the Key file in advance from the Key platform or CRM system according to
the new PC MAC address.

Specific Steps

1. After replacing the board, power on the machine and press the ON/OFF key to start the
machine.
2. Tap the Setup icon in the upper right corner on the touch screen, and access Setup>About.
3. Check ECN/TCN on the About page. If Incorrect is displayed, the board logic or firmware
does not match. Therefore, the Doppler software needs to be restored. If ECN/TCN is
displayed as a normal value, skip the preceding operations (except for the special compatibility
relationship).
4. Decompress the Key file to the USB flash drive, and install the Key file on the machine.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 214
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.12 GPU Module (FRU)

7.12.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083582-00 GPU Module (FRU)

Function description:
As the coprocessor of CPU, the GPU module can perform high-performance computing (such as
3D/4D computing).

7.12.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves
Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.4.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.9.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off
the cover of the main board box.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 215
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

2. Remove the GPU shielding cover with hands, remove the two Phillips pan-head NYLOK
screws on the GPU assembly, and take off the GPU module.

1 GPU shielding cover

2 GPU Module
3 Two Phillips pan-head NYLOK screws

7.12.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.13 Main Board Assembly (FRU)

7.13.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 216
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083584-00 Main Board Assembly
(FRU)

Function description:
The main board is divided into the front end and back end.
The front end of the main board provides the following functions:
1. Transmission: The front-end FPGA controls 128 channels to transmit high-voltage ultrasonic
signals to the probe, so as to realize transmission focusing of the machine.
2. Reception: The front-end FPGA controls 128 channels to receive ultrasonic echo signals from
the probe, so as to realize reception focusing of the machine.
3. ATGC module
4. Support for data caching through the IQ (frame buffer), UP (upload), SCAN (scan), AD
(analogue-to-digital conversion) channels.
5. Generation and delivery of front-end clocks.
6. Imaging-related logic functions, which are carried by the front-end FPGA.
7. Execution of front-end module reset, online upgrade, and module information management.
8. Probe-related control and management.
9. Communication and control for image scanning-related accessories.
10.Distributed acoustic power testing signals: Acoustic power testing is output from FPGA to the
socket in the main board.
11.Integrated PHV output module.
The back end of the main board provides the following functions:
1. Support for the COME module of the Type 6 port.
2. Support for the GPU module of the 3.1 Type A port.
3. Support for 23.8-inch touch screen, with the resolution of 1920 x 1080.
4. Support for wired networks and wireless networks (M.2 port).
5. Support for SSD, with 256 GB or more storage (M.2 port).
6. Support for four USB 3.0 ports.
7. Support for the USB 3.0 Type C port.
8. Support for the output port of the HDMI replication main display, with the default resolution of
1920 x 1080, and support for adaptive output of the 1280 x 1024, 1280 x 720, and 1024 x 768
resolutions. Display of the full screen and standard area for the main display.
9. Support for the 4G module.
10.Support for automatic control of the ambient light brightness for the display.
11.Support for secondary screen display and information such as the battery capacity upon
power-off.
12.Support for speaker output for the machine, with the left and right channel output of 4 ohm/2
W.
13.Support for the ultrasonic Doppler software to process echo data.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 217
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves
Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.4.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.8.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly to take off the main unit box assembly.

2. Remove the 13 Phillips pan-head screws on the cover of the main board box, and then take off
the cover of the main board box.

1 Cover of the main board box

2 13 Phillips pan-head screws

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 218
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

3. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.12.2 Disassembly
and Assembly, 7.14.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.17.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.18.2
Disassembly and Assembly to take it off.

4. Remove the 10 Phillips pan-head screws on the Main Board Assembly (FRU), take out the
Main Unit Dual Fans (FRU) and Main Unit Single Fan (FRU) from the fan bracket, and then take
off the Main Board Assembly (FRU).

1 10 Phillips pan-head screws

7.13.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 219
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.14 Display Conversion Board (Main unit end/

FRU)
7.14.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083585-00 Display Conversion
Board (Main Unit End/
FRU)

Function description:
It connects the main board and the Display Rotatory Assy for signal transferring.

7.14.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves
Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 220
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.4.2 Disassembly
and Assembly to take off the cover of the main board box and the display lift.

2. Remove the two Phillips pan-head screws on the display conversion board, and take off the
display conversion board.

1 Display conversion board

7.14.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.15 SSD Card(FRU)

7.15.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 221
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083586-00 SSD Card(FRU)

Function description:
It loads the operating system and Doppler software and stores patient information.

7.15.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves
Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the main
unit back cover and middle frame of the main unit, without removing the main unit front cover.

2. Remove the one flathead screw that connects the cover of the module to take off the cover of
the module, and remove the one crosshead screw that fixes the SSD card to take off the SSD
card.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 222
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 One flathead screw

2 Cover of the module
3 SSD card

7.15.3 Commissioning and Verification

Precautions

None

Tools Required

USB flash drive

Fixtures Required

None

Precondition:

Before replacing the SSD card, you need to provide the serial number and MAC address of the
machine, obtain the Key file of the machine from Mindray, and decompress the Key file to the
USB flash drive for backup.

Specific Steps

1. After replacing SSD or HDD, contact Mindray after-sales service engineer to download the
configuration file from Mindray internal platform (CRM or Ukmo).
2. Decompress the configuration file, copy it to a USB drive and check whether the folder contains
Config.key.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 223
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

3. Insert the USB drive to the USB interface, and start the machine. The system prompts
importing the configuration file.

4. Tap Import Configuration, select the key folder in the USB drive, and then tap OK. After the
file is imported, the system prompts "Imported successfully".
5. After the machine is started, enter the About screen.
6. Check ECN/TCN on the About page. If Incorrect is displayed, the board logic or firmware
does not match. Therefore, the Doppler software needs to be restored.

7.16 Wi-Fi module Wi-Fi + BT

7.16.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 224
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
023-001528-00 wifi module Wi-Fi +
BT
Function description:
It provides the wireless feature.

7.16.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves
Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.15.2
Disassembly and Assembly to take off the main unit back cover and the cover of the module.

2. Remove the two crosshead screws that fixes the wireless network adapter, and take off the
wireless network adapter.

7.16.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 225
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.17 Main Unit Dual Fans (FRU)

7.17.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083588-00 Main Unit Dual Fans
(FRU)

Function description:
It is used for heat dissipation in a machine.

7.17.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.4.2 Disassembly
and Assembly to take off the cover of the main board box and the display lift.

2. Remove the cable connecting the Main Unit Dual Fans and the main board, and take off the
two Main Unit Dual Fans.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 226
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Two Main Unit Dual Fans

2 One Main Unit Single Fan

7.17.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.18 Main Unit Single Fan (FRU)

7.18.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083589-00 Main Unit Single Fan
(FRU)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 227
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Function description:
It is used for heat dissipation in a machine.

7.18.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.7.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.4.2 Disassembly
and Assembly to take off the cover of the main board box and the display lift.

2. Remove the cable connecting the Main Unit Single Fan(FRU) and the main board, and take off
the Main Unit Single Fan(FRU).

7.18.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.19 Dustproof Filter (FRU)

7.19.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 228
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083590-00 Dustproof Filter (FRU)

Function description:
It prevents dust entering the main unit.

7.19.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.39.2 Disassembly
and Assembly, and 7.40.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the display assembly.

2. Remove the main unit from the trolley, put it on the table, and take off the dust-proof net from
the cover of the dust-proof net.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 229
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Trolley
2 Main unit assembly
3 Use two hands to lift it up and remove the main unit assembly.
4 Dustproof net

7.19.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.20 Main unit back cover

7.20.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-084171-00 Main Unit Back Cover

7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

When removing the main unit back cover (sy), do not pull apart the on/off button signal cable.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 230
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.7.2 Disassembly
and Assembly to remove the Display Assembly and the main unit front cover.

2. Remove the five screw plugs on the main unit back cover, remove the five Phillips pan-head
screws that connect the Main unit back cover, and lift the back cover upward for a short
distance. Then, remove the keyboard signal cable terminal that connects to the main core on
the power keypad, and take off the main unit back cover, middle frame of the main unit, and the
main core.

1 Five screw plugs

2 Five Phillips pan-head screws

3. Remove the keyboard signal cable terminal that connects to the main unit on the power
keypad, and take off the main unit back cover.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 231
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Keyboard signal cable terminal

7.20.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.21 On/off Button Board (FRU)

7.21.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083592-00 On/off Button Board
(FRU)

Function description:
It is used to turn on or off the machine.

7.21.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 232
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the main
unit back cover.

2. Press to unlock the buckle on the middle frame of the main unit by hand, and take out the
power keyboard from bottom up.

1 On/off button board

7.21.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 233
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.22 Hook cover (sy)

7.22.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-014654-00 Hook cover (sy)

7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M4), and flathead screwdriver

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Use an art knife to remove the four screw hole identification stickers on the rear of the hook
decoration cover.

2. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the four M4X12 crosshead combination screws that
connect the hook decoration cover.

3. Use a flathead screwdriver to push up along the lower edge of the hook decoration cover to
remove the hook decoration cover.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 234
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Four screw hole identification stickers

2 Four M4X12 crosshead combination screws
3 Push up
4 Hook decoration cover

7.22.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.23 Hook for wire

7.23.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-084024-00 Hook for wire

7.23.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 235
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the hook
decoration cover.

2. Use a socket head wrench to remove the six hexagon socket combination screws (M5×16) to
take off the hook for wire.

1 Six hexagon socket combination screws (M5×16)

7.23.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 236
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.24 Upper Handle Cover

7.24.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-013027-00 Upper Handle Cover

7.24.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M3\M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.23.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, and take off each assembly.

2. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the six M3×12 crosshead screws that connect the
upper handle cover.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 237
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Six M3×12 crosshead screws

3. Use a flatheaded screwdriver to pry open along the arrow position to separate the upper handle
cover from the lower handle cover, so as to take off the hook decoration cover.

7.24.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.25 Handle Assembly (FRU)

7.25.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 238
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083593-00 Handle Assembly
(FRU)

7.25.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M3\M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.23.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.30.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.27.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and take
off each assembly.

2. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the two M3×8 crosshead combination screws that
connect the cables to the ground.

3. Disconnect the Spring Cable socket from other cable sockets.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 239
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Spring Cable socket

4. Use a socket head wrench to remove the six M5×16 hexagon socket combination screws that
connect the main unit support, so as to take off the main unit support.

1 Six M5×16 hexagon socket combination screws

5. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the two M3×8 crosshead combination screws that
connect the Wireless Probe Charging Socket PCBA of the trolley, so as to take off the Wireless
Probe Charging Socket PCBA of the trolley.

1 Two M3×8 crosshead combination screws

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 240
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

6. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the one M4×12 crosshead combination screw that
connects to the inhaul cable, and remove the connection between the inhaul cable and the gas
spring.

1 One M4×12 crosshead screw

7. Use a socket head wrench to remove the six M5×16 hexagon socket combination screws that
connects the handle assembly of the trolley, so as to take off the handle assembly of the trolley.

1 Six M5×16 hexagon socket combination screws

7.25.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 241
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.26 Wireless Probe Charging Socket PCBA

(FRU)
7.26.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083594-00 Wireless Probe
Charging Socket
PCBA

7.26.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M3\M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.23.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.30.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.27.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and take
off each assembly.

2. Remove the connection between the charging station cable socket and the Spring Cable
socket. Then, use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the two M3×8 crosshead combination

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 242
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

screws that connect the Wireless Probe Charging Socket PCBA, so as to take off the Wireless
Probe Charging Socket PCBA.

1 Two M3×8 crosshead combination screws

2 Connection between the trolley and the charging station connecting board

7.26.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.27 Front Housing for Upper Column

7.27.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-013035-00 Front Housing for
Upper Column

7.27.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 243
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.23.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.30.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.28.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and take
off each assembly.

2. Take off the left and right damping axis cover of the main unit support.

3. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the six M4X12 Phillips pan-head screws that connect
the front housing for upper column, so as to take off the front housing for upper column.

1 Damping axis cover

2 Six M4X12 Phillips pan-head screws

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 244
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.27.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.28 Back Housing for Upper Column

7.28.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-013036-00 Back Housing for
Upper Column

7.28.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

After assembling or disassembling the Back Housing for Upper Column, lift the trolley to the
highest position. Protect the surface of each part during assembly and disassembly.

Tools Required

Art knife and crosshead screwdriver (M4)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Lift the trolley to the highest position.

2. Use an art knife to remove the three screw hole identification stickers on the rear of the Back
Housing for Upper Column. Then use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the three M4X12

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 245
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Phillips pan-head screws that connect the Back Housing for Upper Column and push down the
Back Housing for Upper Column, so as to take off the Back Housing for Upper Column.

1 Three screw hole identification stickers and screws

2 Back Housing for Upper Column

7.28.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.29 Front Cover for Lower Column (FRU)

7.29.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083595-00 Front Cover of the
Lower Column (FRU)

7.29.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 246
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the battery
box cover. Then remove the fixing screws from the battery box assembly and take off the
battery box assembly. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.38.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.37.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.46.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off
each assembly.

2. Remove the four M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws, hold the two sides of the front housing of the
lower column, and pull out the front housing of the lower column upward.

1 Four M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws

2 Use two hands to hold the two sides of the front housing of the battery box

7.29.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 247
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.30 Back Cover for Yoke

7.30.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-013030-00 Back Cover for Yoke

7.30.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M4), and flathead screwdriver

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly and the section of
removing the main unit box to take off the display and the main unit box.

2. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the hook
decoration cover.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 248
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

3. Use a flathead screwdriver to pry open from the bottom of the Back Cover for Yoke (the arrow
position in the figure below), and take off the Back Cover for Yoke assembly.

4. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the two M3×8 self-tapping screws that connect the
magnet clamping bar, and take off the magnet clamping bar and the magnet.

5. Separate the Back Cover for Yoke from the cable cover to obtain the Back Cover for Yoke.

1 Two M3×8 self-tapping screws

2 Prying position of the flathead screwdriver
3 Magnet clamping bar and magnet
4 Cable cover
5 Back Cover for Yoke

7.30.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.31 Gas spring assembly (FRU)

7.31.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 249
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083596-00 Gas spring assembly
(FRU)

7.31.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M4), flathead screwdriver, socket head wrench (M5), and
circlips

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.23.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.30.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.27.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.28.2
Disassembly and Assembly, and take off each assembly.

2. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.29.2 Disassembly
and Assembly, 7.38.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.37.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.46.2
Disassembly and Assembly, and take off each assembly. Then, remove the back board of the
battery box.

3. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the 12 M4X12 crosshead combination screws that
connect the cover, and take off the cover.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 250
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

4. Use a flathead screwdriver to remove the connection between the inhaul cable and the gas
spring.

1 Inhaul cable

5. Use circlips to take off the spring clamp that is connected to the gas spring latch. Then, use a
flathead screwdriver to remove the gas spring latch, so as to take off the gas spring assembly.

1 Gas spring latch

2 Spring clamp

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 251
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.31.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.32 AC-DC Board (FRU)

7.32.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083605-00 AC-DC Board (FRU)

Function description:
The AC-DC power module is used to convert the external AC input to 24 VDC voltage.

7.32.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M3\M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, and 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the monitor
assembly, main unit box, and battery box cover. Then remove the fixing screws from the battery

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 252
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

box assembly and take off the battery box assembly. Refer to the disassembly procedures in
7.38.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.37.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.46.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, and 7.35.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off each assembly.

2. Remove the four M4x12 crosshead combination screws that fix the AC-DC board and the
Retractable AC Cable Assembly, remove the two M4x12 crosshead combination screws on the
Auxiliary Output Conversion Board (FRU), and remove the power supply input/output cable and
auxiliary output cable, so as to take off the AC-DC board.

7.32.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.33 Retractable AC Cable Assembly (America)

7.33.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 253
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083611-00 Retractable AC Cable
Assembly (America)

Function description:
It is used to organize the power cord of the trolley.

7.33.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M3\M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, and 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off each assembly.
Take off the battery box assembly and disconnect the Retractable AC Cable Assembly from the
power cable and grounding cable of the Mobile Trolley Connecting Board.

2. Lay down the trolley, use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the eight M4x12 crosshead
combination screws that connect the Base Bottom Cover, so as to take off the Retractable AC
Cable Assembly.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 254
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Eight M4x12 crosshead combination screws

3. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.32.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.35.2
Disassembly and Assembly to remove the AC-DC board and the Base Bottom Cover, so as to
obtain the Retractable AC Cable Assembly.

7.33.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.34 Base Cover

7.34.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-014425-00 Base Cover

7.34.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M3\M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 255
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, and 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the monitor
assembly, main unit box, and battery box cover. Then remove the fixing screws from the battery
box assembly and take off the battery box assembly. Refer to the disassembly procedures in
7.38.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.37.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.46.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.29.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.28.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.30.2
Disassembly and Assembly, 7.27.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.22.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.23.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.25.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off
each assembly.

2. Before disassembling battery box support plates, remove the support plate at the bottom of the
battery box and the metal plate of the auxiliary output port, and then remove the five hexagon
socket screws that fix the battery box support plates.

1 Support plate and metal plate of the auxiliary output port

2 Battery box support plate

3. Remove the three support plates on the right and left sides and the rear of the column as
follows:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 256
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Support plate at the bottom

4. Use a flatheaded screwdriver to apply force in the four arrow positions in the figure below to
disengage the upper cover of the base from the cast aluminum base inside, so as to take off the
upper cover of the base.

1 Flathead screwdriver action point

7.34.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 257
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.35 Base Bottom Cover

7.35.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-010610-00 Base Bottom Cover

7.35.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M3\M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, and 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the monitor
assembly, main unit box, and battery box cover. Then remove the fixing screws from the battery
box assembly and take off the battery box assembly. Refer to the disassembly procedures in
7.38.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.37.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.46.2 Disassembly
and Assembly to take off each assembly.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 258
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

2. Lay down the trolley, use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the eight M4x12 crosshead
combination screws that connect the Base Bottom Cover, so as to take off the Retractable AC
Cable Assembly.

1 Eight M4x12 crosshead combination screws

3. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the eight M4x12 crosshead combination screws that
connect the Retractable AC Cable Assembly and the Base Bottom Cover, so as to take off the
Retractable AC Cable Assembly.

7.35.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 259
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.36 Castor (FRU)

7.36.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-031761-00 Castor (FRU)

7.36.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Socket head wrench (M36)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly and the section of
removing the main unit box to take off the display and the main unit box.

2. Lay down the trolley, use a socket head wrench (M36) to clamp the nut between the caster and
the upper cover of the base, and turn the wrench counterclockwise to remove the caster.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 260
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Nut
2 Caster

7.36.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.37 Auxiliary Output Conversion Board (FRU)

7.37.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083616-00 Auxiliary Output
Conversion Board
(FRU)

Function description:
It provides a channel for peripheral AC power supply, with AC input and then AC output through
the fuse.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 261
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.37.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the battery
box cover. Remove the fixing screws from the battery box assembly and take off the battery box
assembly.

2. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.38.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the battery
box bracket and bottom cover.

3. Remove the three M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws and unplug the two cable terminals, to take
off the Auxiliary Output Conversion Board (FRU).

1 Two cable terminals

2 Three M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws
3 Auxiliary Output Conversion Board (FRU)

7.37.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 262
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.38 Mobile Trolley Connecting Board (FRU)

7.38.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083618-00 Mobile Trolley
Connecting Board
(FRU)

Function description:
It provides connection ports to connect to each module.

7.38.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3/M4)

Anti-static gloves

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.50.2 Disassembly
and Assembly, and 7.51.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the battery box assembly.

2. Remove the battery box bracket, as shown in the figure below.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 263
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Four Phillips pan-head screws

3. Lift the right part of the battery box bottom cover and then the left part, so as to take off the
battery box bottom cover.

1 Right part of the battery box bottom cover

2 Left part of the battery box bottom cover
3 Battery box bottom cover

4. Use a crosshead screwdriver (M3) to remove the two M4×10 screws and two M3 step screws.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 264
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Two M4×10 screws

2 Two M3 step screws

5. Unplug the two cable terminal sockets to take off the Mobile Trolley Connecting Board.

1 Two cable terminal sockets PCBA

2 Mobile Trolley Connecting Board PCBA

7.38.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.39 Big Probe Holder (FRU)

7.39.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083598-00 Big Probe Holder
(FRU)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 265
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Function description:
It is used to place the probe.

7.39.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the display assembly.

2. Remove the Big Probe Holster on the main unit from top down.

1 Big Probe Holster

2 Small Probe Holster

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 266
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.39.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.40 Small Probe Holder (FRU)

7.40.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083599-00 Small Probe Holder
(FRU)

Function description:
It is used to place the probe.

7.40.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 267
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Refer to the procedure of removing the Big Probe Holster to take off the Small Probe Holster from
the main unit.

7.40.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.41 Storage basket (sy)

7.41.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-013555-00 Storage basket (sy)

Function description:
It is used to hold items.

7.41.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 268
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Specific Steps

1. Put your hands at the bottom of the storage basket and flap in the arrow direction to take off the
storage basket.

7.41.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.42 Storage Box

7.42.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-084544-00 Storage Box

Function description:
It is used to hold items.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 269
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.42.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Use your hands to hold the bottom of the storage box and lift it in the arrow direction to take off
the storage box.

1 Storage Box

7.42.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 270
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.43 2142 Storage Basket (SY)

7.43.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-012949-00 2142 saddlebag (SY) None None

Function description:
It is used to hold items.

7.43.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Specific Steps

Use your hands to hold the bottom of the saddlebag and lift it in the arrow direction to take off the
saddlebag.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 271
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Saddlebag

7.43.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.44 Towelette Holder Assembly

7.44.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-075672-00 Towelette Holder
Assembly

Function description:
It is used to hold wet wipes.

7.44.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 272
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Specific Steps

1. Use your hands to hold the Towelette Holder Assembly and lift it in the arrow direction to take
off the Towelette Holder Assembly.

7.44.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.45 Printer Bracket Assembly

7.45.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-077927-00 Printer Bracket
Assembly

7.45.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 273
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Remove the two M5X25 stainless steel cross countersunk head screws to take off the Printer
Bracket Assembly.

1 Two M5X25 stainless steel cross countersunk head screws

7.45.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 274
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.46 Auxiliary Output Assy (FRU)

7.46.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083620-00 Auxiliary Output Assy
(FRU)

Function description:
It provides the assistant output port.

7.46.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 275
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the battery
box cover. Remove the fixing screws from the battery box assembly and take off the battery box
assembly.

2. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.38.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the battery
box bracket and bottom cover.

3. Remove the two M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws and unplug the cable terminals, to take off the
auxiliary output holder of the trolley (including the auxiliary output socket).

1 Two M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws

2 Cable terminal
3 Trolley Auxiliary Output Holder (Including Auxiliary Output Socket)

7.46.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.47 Battery Box cover (FRU)

7.47.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 276
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083600-00 Battery Box Cover
(FRU)

Function description:
It protects the battery pack assembly.

7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Lift the trolley to the highest position.

2. Use your hands to hold the two sides of the rear on the battery box and lift it up to take off the
battery box back cover.

1 Use two hands to hold the two sides of the battery box back cover and lift it up

7.47.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 277
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.48 Battery Pack indicator board (FRU)

7.48.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083602-00 Battery pack indicator
board (FRU)

Function description:
It main displays the battery capacity status and the AC indicator status.

7.48.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.50.2
Disassembly and Assembly to remove the battery box cover and battery.

2. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the two M3x6 countersunk head screws to take off the
pressure plate of the indicator board (with the sheet metal part).

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 278
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Two M3x6 countersunk head screws

2 Pressure plate of the indicator board

3. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the two M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws to take off the
battery pack indicator board PCBA.

1 Two M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws

2 Battery Pack Indicator Board

7.48.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 279
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.49 Power Management Board (FRU)

7.49.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083601-00 Power Management
Board (FRU)

Function description:
The power management board manages battery charge and discharge. It contains charge and
discharge circuits of eight batteries. In addition, it provides the function of converting 24 VDC to
19 V for output.

7.49.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.50.2 Disassembly
and Assembly, and 7.48.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the battery box cover, battery,
and battery pack indicator board PCBA.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 280
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

2. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the four M3x6 countersunk head screws to take off the
cover of the battery management board.

1 Four M3X6 countersunk head screws

2 Cover of the power management board

3. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the four M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws to take off the
two connection terminals, and then use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the eight M3x8
Phillips pan-head screws to take off the power management board.

1 Two connection terminals

2 Four M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws
3 Eight M3x8 Phillips pan-head screws

7.49.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 281
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.50 Battery (FRU)

7.50.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-068005-00 Battery (FRU)

Function description:
It provides batteries to power the main unit.

7.50.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the Battery
Box cover.

2. Push back the black buttons of the doors on two sides. The doors are opened and you can take
off the battery.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 282
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Push back the black buttons

2 Battery

7.50.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.51 Battery Box Fan Assy (FRU)

7.51.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083604-00 Battery Box Fan Assy
(FRU)

Function description:
It dissipates heat for the battery box.

7.51.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 283
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the Battery
Box cover.

2. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the two Phillips pan-head screws on one side of the
battery box and take off the pressure plate.

1 Pressure plate

3. Remove the cable terminals, open the battery door on this side for about 90°, and lift up the
battery door, so as to take off the Battery Box Fan Assy(FRU).

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 284
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Cable terminal
2 Lift up
3 Battery Box Fan Assy(FRU)

7.51.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.52 Charging Pile base (FRU)

7.52.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083623-00 Charging Pile Base
(FRU)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 285
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.52.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver and flathead screwdriver

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.54.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the
Charging pile module(China).

2. Push the base of the Charging pile module(China) forward and downward forcefully to remove
it from the ground.

7.52.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 286
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.53 Charging Pile wall mounting rack (FRU)

7.53.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083624-00 Charging Pile Wall
Mounting Rack (FRU)

7.53.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver (M4)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Use your hands to hold the two sides of the Charging Pile module(China) and lift it up to
remove the Charging Pile module(China) from the wall mounting rack.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 287
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

2. Remove the four self-tapping screws on the wall mounting rack to take off the wall mounting
rack from the wall.

1 Self-tapping screw

7.53.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 288
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.54 Charging Pile module (FRU)

7.54.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083625-00 Charging Pile module
(FRU)

Function description:
It provides wireless charging for the trolley.

7.54.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Crosshead screwdriver and flathead screwdriver

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Turn the Charging pile module(China) (with base) to face back the operator; buckle out the
screw rubber plug on the rear of the Charging pile module(China), and then remove the two
screws.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 289
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

2. Hold the Charging pile module(China), step on the charging pile base, and push up with hands
to take off the Charging pile module(China) from the charging pile base.

1 Push up to take off

7.54.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.55 Wireless Charging Module (FRU)

7.55.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083626-00 Wireless Charging
Module (FRU)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 290
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.55.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Remove the screws that fix the Cart Wireless Charging Module and the wireless charging
mounting rack to take off the Cart Wireless Charging Module.

7.55.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.56 Wireless Charging Module Mounting Rack

(2149/FRU)
7.56.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 291
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083627-00 Wireless Charging
Mounting Rack (2149/
FRU)

7.56.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Remove the screws that fix the Cart Wireless Charging Module and the wireless charging
mounting rack to take off the Cart Wireless Charging Module.

7.56.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.57 Connect cable of wireless charging

7.57.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 292
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083628-00 Connect cable of
wireless charging

7.57.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Disconnect the cable that connects the Cart Wireless Charging Module and the Mobile Trolley
Connecting Board to take off the table.

7.57.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.58 Wireless Charging Guide Plate

7.58.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
043-017520-00 Wireless charging None None
guide plate

Function description:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 293
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

It is used to position the trolley and charging pile, and keep the charging module on the trolley in
contact with the charging pile in the same position to ensure normal charging during wireless
charging.

7.58.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Specific Steps

There are multiple suction cups under the wireless charging guide plate for ground adsorption.
Remove the guide plate by holding one side of the guide plate.

7.58.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.59 On/off button signal cable

7.59.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083629-00 On/off button signal
cable

7.59.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 294
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.21.2
Disassembly and Assembly to take off the on/off button board.

2. Unplug the signal cable from the on/off button signal cable.

1 On/off button board

2 On/off button signal cable

7.59.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.60 Wi-Fi antenna (User)

7.60.1 General Information

1 No.3 and No.4 are Wi-fi antenna (User).

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 295
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083640-00 Wi-fi antenna (User)

Function description:
It transmits and receives wireless signals.

7.60.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

None

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.15.2
Disassembly and Assembly to take off the main unit back cover and the cover of the module.

2. Remove the Wi-fi antenna(User) of No.3 and No.4.

1 Wi-fi antenna(User)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 296
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.60.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.61 Wi-Fi antenna (Probe)

7.61.1 General Information

1 No.1 and No.2 are Wi-fi antenna (Probe).

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083641-00 Wi-fi antenna (Probe)

Function description:
It transmits and receives wireless signals.

7.61.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

None

Tools Required

Anti-static gloves
Crosshead screwdriver (M3)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 297
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.20.2 Disassembly and Assembly and 7.15.2
Disassembly and Assembly to take off the main unit back cover and the cover of the module.

2. Remove No.1 and No.2 Wi-fi antenna(Probe).

1 Wi-fi antenna(Probe)

7.61.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.62 Spring Cable

7.62.1 General Information

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 298
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
009-011171-00 Spring Cable

7.62.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.23.2 Disassembly and
Assembly, 7.30.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.27.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.28.2
Disassembly and Assembly to take off each assembly.

2. Refer to the disassembly procedure in 7.47.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off the battery
box cover. Then remove the fixing screws from the battery box assembly and take off the
battery box assembly. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.38.2 Disassembly and
Assembly and 7.37.2 Disassembly and Assembly to take off each assembly.

3. Refer to 7.46.2 Disassembly and Assembly to remove the auxiliary output holder and the support
plate at the bottom.

4. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the 12 M4x12 crosshead combination screws on the
back board of the battery box, and take off the cover.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 299
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

1 Back board of the battery box

2 12 M4x12 crosshead combination screws

5. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the one M3x8 crosshead combination screw that
connects the spring cable.

1 One M3x8 crosshead combination screw

6. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the one M4x12 crosshead combination screw that
connects the steel guide rod of the spring, and take off the spring cable.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 300
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

7.62.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

7.63 Trolley-main unit magnetic attraction cable

7.63.1 General Information

FRU Code FRU Name Lower-Level FRU Lower-Level FRU

Code Name
115-083630-00 Trolley-main unit
magnetic attraction
cable

7.63.2 Disassembly and Assembly

Precautions

Protect the exterior surface of the parts.

Tools Required

Art knife, crosshead screwdriver (M3\M4), flatheaded screwdriver, and socket head wrench (M5)

Fixtures Required

None

Specific Steps

1. Refer to the disassembly procedures in 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly, the section of
removing the main unit box, 7.22.2 Disassembly and Assembly, 7.23.2 Disassembly and

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 301
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
7 FRU Replacement
Service Manual

Assembly, 7.30.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and 7.27.2 Disassembly and Assembly, and take
off each assembly.

2. Use a crosshead screwdriver to remove the three M3×8 crosshead combination screws that
connect the magnetic connector and the magnetic connection cable, so as to take off the
magnetic connector and the magnetic connection cable.

1 Three M3×8 crosshead combination screws

7.63.3 Commissioning and Verification

None

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 302
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

8 Troubleshooting

8.1 System Diagnosis and Support

8.1.1 Indicators
Table 8–1 Power status indicators

Status Icon Status Definition and Indication

Indicator
Power-on The indicator is off when the device is not
indicator powered on.
When this key is pressed to start the device,
the indicator first blinks green, and then blinks
orange.
After the device is powered on, the indicator is
steady green.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 303
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Table 8–2 Main unit status indicators

Status Icon Status Definition and Indication

Indicator
Battery The indicator is off by default when the
indicator on the machine is powered off. You can wave to wake
touch screen up it.
The indicator is steady on when the machine is
powered on or in the standby state in
landscape mode.
The indicator is steady on when the machine is
in the standby state in portrait mode.
The status of battery capacity indicators is
determined by the remaining battery power
and battery status.
The battery capacity indicators are numbered 1
to 5 from right to left.
AC in place:
1. The battery capacity is ≥ 95%: The five
indicators are all on (green).
2. The battery capacity is > 80% and < 95%:
The first four indicators are on (green) and
the fifth one blinks (green).
3. The battery capacity is > 60% and ≤ 80%:
The first three indicators are on (green) and
the fourth one blinks (green).
4. The battery capacity is > 40% and ≤ 60%:
The first two indicators are on (green) and
the third one blinks (green).
5. The battery capacity is > 20% and ≤ 40%:
The first indicator is on (green) and the
second one blinks (green).
6. The battery capacity is ≤ 20%: The first
indicator blinks (green).
7. The blinking frequency is 0.4 Hz and the
duty ratio is 50%.
8. The border light of the battery symbol is
steady green.
AC not in place:
1. When the battery capacity is > 80%: The
five indicators are on (green), and the

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 304
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Table 8–2 Main unit status indicators(continued)

Status Icon Status Definition and Indication
Indicator
border light of the battery symbol is steady
green.
2. When the battery capacity is > 60% and ≤
80%: The first four indicators are on (green),
and the border light of the battery symbol is
steady green.
3. When the battery capacity is > 40% and ≤
60%: The first three indicators are on
(green), and the border light of the battery
symbol is steady green.
4. When the battery capacity is > 20% and ≤
40%: The first two indicators are on (green),
and the border light of the battery symbol is
steady green.
5. When the battery capacity is > 10% and ≤
20%: The first one indicator is on (green),
and the border light of the battery symbol is
steady green.
6. When the battery capacity is > 6% and ≤
10%: The first one indicator is on (orange),
and the border light of the battery symbol is
steady orange.
7. When the battery capacity is ≤ 6%: The first
one indicator blinks (orange, frequency: 0.4
Hz, duty ratio: 50%), and the border light of
the battery symbol is steady orange.
Standby The indicator is on the display of the touch
indicator screen.
When the device enters the standby mode, the
indicator blinks orange.
In other states, the indicator is off.
Main unit status Numbers 0-9 indicate the following voltage
indicator monitoring, in which 0 indicates the RTC reset
button.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 305
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Table 8–2 Main unit status indicators(continued)

Status Icon Status Definition and Indication
Indicator
1. Power-on when AC is in place:
Indicators 1/4 are on. > Indicators 1/4/5/6/7/
8/9 are on and indicator 3 blinks. >
Indicators 1/4/5/6/7/8/9 are on.
2. Standby when AC is in place:
Indicators 1/4/9 are on.
3. Power-off when AC is in place:
Indicators 1/4 are on.
4. Power-on when AC is not in place:
Indicator 4 is on. > Indicators 4/5/6/7/8/9 are
on and indicator 3 blinks. > Indicators 4/5/6/
7/8/9 are on.
5. Standby when AC is not in place:
Indicators 4/9 are on.
6. Power-off when AC is not in place:
All indicators are off.
Display status The display is rotated to the 1. The display is free of power input, and
indicator vertical direction and indicators 0 and 1 are off.
moved to the lowest 2. When the display is powered on without
position. Two indicators are signal input, indicator 0 is orange and
on the rear of the display. indicator 1 is green. When the display is free
The two indicators on the of signal input for about 60s, No Signal is
rear of the display are displayed on the screen.
numbered 0 and 1 from left 3. When the display is powered with signal
to right. input, indicators 0 and 1 are green.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 306
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Table 8–3 Battery pack status indicators

Status Icon Status Definition and Indication

Indicator
Battery state 1. Indicator 0 specifies the power reset button.
indicator 2. Indicator 1 specifies the battery capacity
The indicators are above display button. When you press the button,
the battery pack of the the battery capacity indicators display the
trolley, numbered 0-8 from remaining battery capacity.
left to right. 3. Indicators 2-6 are the battery capacity
indicators.

1) When you press the battery capacity

display button, the battery capacity
indicators display the remaining battery
capacity.

2) After you press the button for about 6s, all

the battery capacity indicators
automatically turn off.

3) The battery capacity is ≥ 95%: Indicators

2-6 are all on.

4) The battery capacity is ≥ 80% and < 95%:

Indicators 2-5 are on.

5) The battery capacity is ≥ 60% and < 80%:

Indicators 2-4 are on.

6) The battery capacity is ≥ 40% and < 60%:

Indicators 2-3 are on.

7) The battery capacity is ≥ 20% and < 40%:

Indicator 2 is on.

8) The battery capacity is < 20%: The last

indicator blinks, the blinking frequency is
0.8 Hz, and the duty ratio is 50%.

4. Indicator 7 is the battery pack status

indicator.

1) The battery pack is unavailable and AC is

in place: The status indicator blinks for
6s, the frequency is 0.8 Hz, and the duty
ratio is 50%.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 307
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Table 8–3 Battery pack status indicators(continued)

Status Icon Status Definition and Indication
Indicator
2) The battery pack is available, AC is in
place, and the battery pack capacity <
95%: The status indicator is steady
orange.

3) The battery pack is available, AC is in

place, and the battery pack capacity ≥
95%: The status indicator is steady
green.

4) The battery pack is available, AC is not in

place, the main unit is powered on or in
the standby state, and the battery pack
capacity > 20%: The status indicator is
steady green.

5) The battery pack is available, AC is not in

place, the main unit is powered on or in
the standby state, and the battery pack
capacity ≤ 20%: The status indicator
blinks orange at the frequency of 0.8 Hz,
and the duty ratio is 50%.

6) The battery pack is available, AC is not in

place, the main unit is powered off, and
the battery pack capacity > 20%: The
status indicator is steady green.

7) The battery pack is available, AC is not in

place, the main unit is powered off, the
wireless probe charging base is in place
and in use, and the battery pack capacity
> 20%: The status indicator is steady
green.

8) The battery pack is available, AC is not in

place, the main unit is powered off, the
wireless probe charging base is in place
and in use, and the battery pack capacity
≤ 20%: The status indicator blinks orange
at the frequency of 0.8 Hz, and the duty
ratio is 50%.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 308
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Table 8–3 Battery pack status indicators(continued)

Status Icon Status Definition and Indication
Indicator
9) The battery pack is available, AC is not in
place, the main unit is powered off, and
the wireless probe charging base is not in
place or is not in use: The status indicator
is off.

5. Indicator 8 specifies whether AC is in place.

When AC is in place, the indicator is green.
When AC is not in place, the indicator is off.

8.1.2 System Status Indicator

System Status Status Definition Access Exit
and Indication
Scanning
Tap the icon to enter or exit the
scanning status.
The icon is white.
Frozen

Tap the icon to enter or exit the

scanning status.
The icon is blue.
Standby The standby indicator Press the power key The system restarts
blinks orange. The and choose to enter and restores to the
battery status the standby state on frozen status after
indicator is on when the status selection you press the power
the system is in the screen that is key or tap the touch
standby state and displayed. screen.
powered by batteries. The system
For details, see 8.1.1 automatically
Indicators. switches from the
screensaver state to
the standby state
when no operation is
performed for the
specified time.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 309
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

System Status Status Definition Access Exit

and Indication
Screensaver When the system is in The system You can tap the touch
the screensaver automatically screen to
state, the string switches from the automatically return
mindray is displayed frozen state to the to the frozen state.
cyclically by default. screensaver state
The system is frozen. when no operation is
The ultrasound performed for the
hardware imaging specified time.
system is in the sleep
state.
Shutdown status The system is shut Press the power key Start the system by
down. For details and choose to enter pressing the power
about the battery the shutdown state on key.
indicator status, refer the status selection
to 8.1.1 Indicators. screen that is
displayed.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 310
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

8.1.3 System Startup Process

System startup process in AC power supply mode

Operation Description
Connect the system power plug to the grid. The charging indicator on the battery pack is
turned on.
Press the power key The power-on indicator on the power key
blinks orange for a short period and then is
steady green.
System power-on is completed. 1. The fan starts to run.
2. Main unit status indicators:
Indicators 1/4 on changes to indicators 1/4/
5/6/7/8/9 on and indicator 3 blinking orange.
Hardware initialization and logic configuration Main unit status indicators:
are completed. The PC enters the BIOS stage. Indicator 3 stops blinking orange and is off.

BIOS Startup Process

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 311
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Operation Description
Self-test upon startup A black screen is displayed.
Initialization, system settings recording, and The BIOS startup screen is displayed (it is a
provision of the resident program library normal phenomenon when the BIOS startup
screen is not displayed).
Ready to load the operating system The BIOS startup screen is displayed and the
power-on indicator turns green (it is a normal
phenomenon when the BIOS startup screen is
not displayed).

The Start-up of Linux

Operation Description
The welcome screen is displayed and Doppler The screen backlight is steady on and the
is started. Doppler startup animation is displayed
(Mindray logo).

Doppler Startup Process

During the Doppler startup process, ultrasound hardware is initialized before ultrasound software.

8.1.4 Battery Health Status

Log in to the system using the Service account and choose Setup>About>About Detail. The
screen that appears shows the health status information about batteries embedded into the main
unit:

Battery health status Criteria Status description

GOOD The batteries are free from The batteries are in good
damage and recoverable faults. conditions and function properly.
The full charge capacity (FCC) of
batteries is greater than 40% of
the rated capacity.
WEAK The batteries are free from Fully charge batteries and then
damage and recoverable faults. discharge them to partially
The full charge capacity of recover the battery capacity.
batteries (FCC) is less than 40%
of the rated capacity.
The number of cyclical
recharging times of batteries is
less than 300.
REPLACED The batteries are free from The battery capacity deteriorates
damage and recoverable faults. gradually after batteries are being

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 312
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Battery health status Criteria Status description

The full charge capacity of used for a long time. Continuous
batteries (FCC) is less than 40% use will compromise the power
of the rated capacity. performance and standby
The number of cyclical duration of batteries. Therefore,
recharging times of batteries is remind users to replace batteries
greater than 300. in a timely manner.
INVALID Unrecoverable damages occur If a battery encounters permanent
on batteries. damage, remind the user to
replace the battery immediately.
PROTECTED Batteries encounter recoverable If batteries encounter recoverable
faults. faults, the batteries will resume
normal after a period of time. If
the problem persists, contact
Mindray Customer Service
Department.

8.1.5 Self-test
The self-test function is inherent in this series and aims to test the connections of hardware
boards and the running status of the system. According to the permission and test content, there
are three types of tests: production self-test, maintenance self-test and user self-test.
For details about the self-test procedure, refer to 5.2.5.2 Operation Procedure of Maintenance Self-
test, 5.2.5.3 User Self-Test, and 5.2.5.4 Test Report. For details about the description of the self-
test items, refer to 9.3 Description of Self-Test Items.

8.1.6 Logs
The product's log framework mainly includes the following four process logs, respectively
corresponding to four configuration files. Refer to the following table.

Log Name Description

Doppler_log_volumerender.properties 3D/4D process record
Doppler_log_backupapp_ 3D/4D background process record
volumerender.properties
Doppler_log_ backupapp.properties Background Doppler
Doppler_log_properties Doppler log

The following table describes the major logs.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 313
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Log Name Description Remarks

Crash Dump information about A crash log is generated upon
software crash software crash, including the
assertion information and
dump file.
Dcmlog DICOM related log
Service Special log for service
engineers
PenriLog Details about peripherals:
multi-functional monitoring
and more accurate peripheral
information with redundancy
information removed
Appmon.txt Appmon process log The
Appmon process manages
the Doppler process.
XX_Back_Log Background process log
Xx_Log Operation log recording user The corresponding log is
operations, error information, generated after the Doppler
and alarm information process is started. After the
Doppler process is started
normally, an operation log is
written in response to this
function. Error logs are
recorded upon problems.
Peri_State Peripheral status log Running status information
recording system hardware about related peripherals is
information and other alarm recorded after the Doppler
information process is started.
TEX_Log_Backend_State Backend status log
TEMPORARY_Log.log Unimportant logs containing For example, incomplete
massive information display of characters of a
control or thread creation
information
UltraSyncTrans_Log UltraSync log

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 314
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Log Name Description Remarks

TEX_ERROR_Log Error log Error information in main logs
is extracted to this file,
including startup and
shutdown information.
LargeBuffDump Large file memory related log Large memory log

8.2 Troubleshooting for Errors with Alarm

Reporting
8.2.1 Battery Errors
8 . 2 . 1 . 1 "Battery communication error. The battery capacity cannot be
displayed properly or the current battery cannot be used."
Fault Description

"Battery communication error. The battery capacity cannot be displayed properly or the current
battery cannot be used."

Log Record

Battery I2C error

Involved FRU

Severity

Handling Level

Possible Cause

Resolve Path

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 315
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Solution

Check the battery connection or replace the battery. For details, refer to 7.50.2 Disassembly and
Assembly.

8 . 2 . 1 . 2 "Battery error. Batteries cannot be charged and discharged

properly."

Fault Description

"Battery error. Batteries cannot be charged and discharged properly."

Log Record

*** battery break

Involved FRU

Severity

Handling Level

Possible Cause

Resolve Path

Solution

Replace the battery. For details, refer to 7.50.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.2.2 Voltage Errors

8 . 2 . 2 . 1 V1010: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V1010
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 316
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the digital board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 2 V214: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V214

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 317
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 3 V215: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V215

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 318
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 4 V217: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V217

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 319
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 5 V1005: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V1005

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 320
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 6 V1006: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V1006

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 321
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 7 V216: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V216

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 322
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 8 V1008: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V1008

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 323
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 9 V1009: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V1009

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 324
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 1 0 V1003: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V1003

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 325
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 1 1 V1002: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V1002

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 326
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage error.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 1 2 V031: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V031

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 327
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V,
Limit voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 1 3 V032: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V032
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 328
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V,
Limit voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 2 . 1 4 V033: System Monitor: Power supply alert!

Failure Code

V033
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 329
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission None
Service Engineer Permission None

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Power supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V,
Limit voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the corresponding power voltage on the main board does not meet the
requirements.

Possible Cause

The corresponding power circuit on the main board fails.

Resolve Path

If the errors related to this voltage is consistently reported in logs, replace the main board.

Solution

Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.2.3 Temperature Errors

8 . 2 . 3 . 1 T1001: Temperature alert! Please clean the dust-proof filter.

Failure Code
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 330
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

T1001

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Temperature alarm. Please clean the dust-
proof net.
Service Engineer Permission Temperature alarm. Please clean the dust-
proof net.

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Temperature Alert! please clean the dust-proof cover,
Current Fan Speed: [FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the FPGA temperature on the main board is close to the warning value.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net.

Solution
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 331
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.

8 . 2 . 3 . 2 T202: Temperature alert! Please clean the dust-proof filter.

Failure Code

T202

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Temperature alarm. Please clean the dust-
proof net.
Service Engineer Permission Temperature alarm. Please clean the dust-
proof net.

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Temperature Alert! please clean the dust-proof cover,
Current Fan Speed: [FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the CPU temperature is close to the warning value.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 332
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net.

Solution

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.

8 . 2 . 3 . 3 T203: Temperature alert! Please clean the dust-proof filter.

Failure Code

T203

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Temperature alarm. Please clean the dust-
proof net.
Service Engineer Permission Temperature alarm. Please clean the dust-
proof net.

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Temperature Alert! please clean the dust-proof cover,
Current Fan Speed: [FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 333
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the GPU temperature is close to the warning value.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net.

Solution

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.

8 . 2 . 3 . 4 T205: Temperature alert! Please clean the dust-proof filter.

Failure Code

T205

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Temperature alarm. Please clean the dust-
proof net.
Service Engineer Permission Temperature alarm. Please clean the dust-
proof net.

Log Record

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 334
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Temperature Alert! please clean the dust-proof cover,
Current Fan Speed: [FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the SSD temperature is close to the warning value.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net.

Solution

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.

8 . 2 . 3 . 5 T1000: FPGA temperature alarm. Please save the current data

quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.

Failure Code

T1000

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 335
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission FPGA temperature alarm. Please save the
current data quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.
Service Engineer Permission FPGA temperature alarm. Please save the
current data quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Temperature alert! [XXX], Current temperature: [VVV]
C, Current Fan Speed:[FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly, Main Unit Single Fan, and Main Unit Dual Fans

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the FPGA temperature on the main board exceeds the threshold,
triggering automatic shutdown.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. The air inlet and outlet of the machine is blocked, resulting in poor heat dissipation of the
machine.
3. The FPGA heat dissipation module on the main board is invalid.
4. The fan is blocked or faulty.
5. The main board is faulty.

Resolve Path

1. Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the
dust-proof net.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 336
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the FPGA heat dissipation module on the main board is firmly connected to
FPGA, and the heat-conducting cream is spread evenly.
3. Check whether the fan works properly.
4. If the above factors are eliminated, replace the main board.

Solution

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.
4. Check whether the fan works properly. If the fan works at a normal speed but the fault persists,
replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 3 . 6 T006: CPU temperature alarm. Please save the current data quickly.
Shut down in xx seconds.

Failure Code

T006

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission CPU temperature alarm. Please save the
current data quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.
Service Engineer Permission CPU temperature alarm. Please save the
current data quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Temperature alert! [XXX], Current temperature: [VVV]
C, Current Fan Speed:[FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

PC module assembly

Severity

Suspension

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 337
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the CPU temperature exceeds the threshold, triggering automatic
shutdown.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.
4. A corresponding component of the device is faulty.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net. If the error persists, replace the corresponding component inside the machine.

Solution

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.
4. If the fault persists after the preceding measures are taken, replace the PC module. For details,
see 7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 3 . 7 T007: GPU temperature alarm. Please save the current data quickly.
Shut down in xx seconds.

Failure Code

T007

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 338
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission GPU temperature alarm. Please save the
current data quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.
Service Engineer Permission GPU temperature alarm. Please save the
current data quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Temperature alert! [XXX], Current temperature: [VVV]
C, Current Fan Speed:[FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

GPU module assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the GPU temperature exceeds the threshold, triggering automatic
shutdown.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.
4. A corresponding component of the device is faulty.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net. If the error persists, replace the corresponding component inside the machine.

Solution

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 339
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.
4. If the fault persists after the preceding measures are taken, replace the GPU module. For
details, see 7.12.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 3 . 8 T209: SSD temperature alarm. Please save the current data quickly.
Shut down in xx seconds.

Failure Code

T209

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission SSD temperature alarm. Please save the
current data quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.
Service Engineer Permission SSD temperature alarm. Please save the
current data quickly. Shut down in xx seconds.

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Temperature alert! [XXX], Current temperature: [VVV]
C, Current Fan Speed:[FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

SSD assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 340
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

The system detects that the SSD temperature exceeds the threshold, triggering automatic
shutdown.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.
4. A corresponding component of the device is faulty.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net. If the error persists, replace the corresponding component inside the machine.

Solution

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.
4. If the fault persists after the preceding measures are taken, replace the SSD module. For
details, see 7.15.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 3 . 9 T210: Temperature Alert! Please do not block air outlet!

Failure Code

T210

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Temperature Alert! Please do not block air
outlet!
Service Engineer Permission Temperature Alert! Please do not block air
outlet!

Log Record

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 341
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Temperature Alert! please clean the dust-proof cover,
Current Fan Speed: [FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the air outlet temperature is close to the warning value.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.
4. A corresponding component of the device is faulty.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net. If the error persists, replace the corresponding component inside the machine.

Solution

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.
4. If the fault persists after the preceding measures are taken, replace the SSD module. For
details, see 7.15.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 3 . 1 0 T211: Temperature Alert! Please do not block air outlet!

Failure Code

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 342
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

T211

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Temperature Alert! Please do not block air
outlet!
Service Engineer Permission Temperature Alert! Please do not block air
outlet!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:Temperature alert! [XXX], Current temperature: [VVV]
C, Current Fan Speed:[FFF]rpm

Involved FRU

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the air outlet temperature exceeds the threshold, triggering automatic
shutdown.

Possible Cause

1. The ambient temperature for the device is too high.

2. There are sundries around the air inlet and outlet of the device, causing poor ventilation and
dissipation.
3. The dust-proof filter inside the device is blocked, which prevents heat from being discharged.
4. A corresponding component of the device is faulty.

Resolve Path

Confirm the ambient temperature and ventilation and dissipation of the device and clean the dust-
proof net. If the error persists, replace the corresponding component inside the machine.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 343
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Solution

1. If the ambient temperature is too high, move the machine to an area with a lower ambient
temperature (such as an air-conditioned room).
2. Remove the sundries from the air inlet and outlet of the device to ensure good ventilation and
dissipation.
3. Remove the dust-proof filter inside the device and perform cleaning and maintenance.
4. If the fault persists after the preceding measures are taken, replace the SSD module. For
details, see 7.15.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.2.4 Fan Alarms

8 . 2 . 4 . 1 F1001: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the
service engineer in time.

Failure Code

F1001

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.
Service Engineer Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.

Log Record

Date "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Fan alert! [XXX], Current speed: [VVV] rpm, Lower Limit
speed: [LLL] rpm.

Involved FRU

Main Unit Dual Fans assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 344
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the speed the main unit fan FAN0 is lower than the standard value.

Possible Cause

1. The fan is blocked due to sundries.

2. The fan is faulty.

Resolve Path

Check whether there are sundries around the fan and clean and maintain the fan. If the error
persists, replace the main unit fan assembly.

Solution

1. Remove the main unit fan assembly and clean and maintain the fan.
2. If the fault persists after cleaning, replace the Main Unit Dual Fans assembly. For details, refer
to 7.17.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 4 . 2 F1002: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the

service engineer in time.
Failure Code

F1002

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.
Service Engineer Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.

Log Record

Date "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Fan alert! [XXX], Current speed: [VVV] rpm, Lower Limit
speed: [LLL] rpm.

Involved FRU

Main Unit Dual Fans assembly

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 345
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the speed the main unit fan FAN1 is lower than the standard value.

Possible Cause

1. The fan is blocked due to sundries.

2. The fan is faulty.

Resolve Path

Check whether there are sundries around the fan and clean and maintain the fan. If the error
persists, replace the main unit fan assembly.

Solution

1. Remove the main unit fan assembly and clean and maintain the fan.
2. If the fault persists after cleaning, replace the Main Unit Dual Fans assembly. For details, refer
to 7.17.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 4 . 3 F1003: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the

service engineer in time.

Failure Code

F1003

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.
Service Engineer Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.

Log Record
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 346
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Date "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Fan alert! [XXX], Current speed: [VVV] rpm, Lower Limit
speed: [LLL] rpm.

Involved FRU

Main Unit Dual Fans assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the speed the main unit fan FAN2 is lower than the standard value.

Possible Cause

1. The fan is blocked due to sundries.

2. The fan is faulty.

Resolve Path

Check whether there are sundries around the fan and clean and maintain the fan. If the error
persists, replace the main unit fan assembly.

Solution

1. Remove the main unit fan assembly and clean and maintain the fan.
2. If the fault persists after cleaning, replace the Main Unit Dual Fans assembly. For details, refer
to 7.17.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 4 . 4 F1004: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the

service engineer in time.
Failure Code

F1004

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 347
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.
Service Engineer Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.

Log Record

Date "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Fan alert! [XXX], Current speed: [VVV] rpm, Lower Limit
speed: [LLL] rpm.

Involved FRU

Main Unit Dual Fans assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the speed the main unit fan FAN3 is lower than the standard value.

Possible Cause

1. The fan is blocked due to sundries.

2. The fan is faulty.

Resolve Path

Check whether there are sundries around the fan and clean and maintain the fan. If the error
persists, replace the main unit fan assembly.

Solution

1. Remove the main unit fan assembly and clean and maintain the fan.
2. If the fault persists after cleaning, replace the Main Unit Dual Fans assembly. For details, refer
to 7.17.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 348
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

8 . 2 . 4 . 5 F1005: System fan requires maintenance. Please contact the

service engineer in time.

Failure Code

F1005

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.
Service Engineer Permission System fan requires maintenance. Please
contact the service engineer in time.

Log Record

Date "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: Fan alert! [XXX], Current speed: [VVV] rpm, Lower Limit
speed: [LLL] rpm.

Involved FRU

Main Unit Single Fan assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Error Mechanism

The system detects that the speed the main unit fan FAN4 is lower than the standard value.

Possible Cause

1. The fan is blocked due to sundries.

2. The fan is faulty.

Resolve Path

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 349
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Check whether there are sundries around the fan and clean and maintain the fan. If the error
persists, replace the main unit fan assembly.

Solution

1. Remove the main unit fan assembly and clean and maintain the fan.
2. If the fault persists after cleaning, replace the Main Unit Dual Fans assembly. For details, refer
to 7.17.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.2.5 PHV Errors

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 P001: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed
correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P001

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 350
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Error Mechanism

The PHV1P voltage does not meet requirements.

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 2 P002: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P002

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 351
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The PHV1N voltage does not meet requirements.

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 3 P003: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P003

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 352
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The PHV2P voltage does not meet requirements.

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 353
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 4 P004: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.
Failure Code

P004

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 354
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

The PHV2N voltage does not meet requirements.

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board. For details, refer to 7.9.2 Disassembly and
Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 5 P005: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P005

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 355
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The PHV1P_PHV2P voltage does not meet requirements.

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 6 P006: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P006

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 356
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The PHV1N_PHV2N voltage does not meet requirements.

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 357
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 7 P009: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.
Failure Code

P009

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 358
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

The HVP voltage does not meet requirements.

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board. For details, refer to 7.9.2 Disassembly and
Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 8 P010: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P010

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 359
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

The HVN voltage does not meet requirements.

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 9 P014: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P014

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 360
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:PHV hardware over voltage protection.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

PHV overvoltage protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 361
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 0 P016: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.
Failure Code

P016

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX] Voltage protect.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

PHV1P voltage protection

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 362
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board. For details, refer to 7.9.2 Disassembly and
Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 1 P017: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P017

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX] Voltage protect.

Involved FRU

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 363
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

PHV1N voltage protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 2 P018: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P018

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 364
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX] Voltage protect.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

PHV2P voltage protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 365
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 3 P019: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.
Failure Code

P019

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX] Voltage protect.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

PHV2N voltage protection

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 366
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 4 P024: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P024

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: [XXX] over current or over power protect. Current
voltage: [VVV] V, current: [AAA] A, Upper Limit Current: [HHA] A, Upper Limit Power: [HHW] W.

Involved FRU

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 367
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

PHV1P overcurrent or overpower protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 5 P025: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P025

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 368
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: [XXX] over current or over power protect. Current
voltage: [VVV] V, current: [AAA] A, Upper Limit Current: [HHA] A, Upper Limit Power: [HHW] W.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

PHV1N overcurrent or overpower protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 369
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 6 P026: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.
Failure Code

P026

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: [XXX] over current or over power protect. Current
voltage: [VVV] V, current: [AAA] A, Upper Limit Current: [HHA] A, Upper Limit Power: [HHW] W.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 370
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

PHV2P overcurrent or overpower protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 7 P027: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P027

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: [XXX] over current or over power protect. Current
voltage: [VVV] V, current: [AAA] A, Upper Limit Current: [HHA] A, Upper Limit Power: [HHW] W.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 371
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

PHV2N overcurrent or overpower protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 8 P1003: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P1003

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 372
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: [XXX] over current or over power protect. Current
voltage: [VVV] V, current: [AAA] A, Upper Limit Current: [HHA] A, Upper Limit Power: [HHW] W.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

HVP overcurrent protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 373
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 1 9 P1004: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.
Failure Code

P1004

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor: [XXX] over current or over power protect. Current
voltage: [VVV] V, current: [AAA] A, Upper Limit Current: [HHA] A, Upper Limit Power: [HHW] W.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 374
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

HVN overcurrent protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 2 0 P028: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P028

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 375
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

CWP overvoltage protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 2 1 P029: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P029

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 376
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

CWN overvoltage protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 377
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 2 2 P030: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.
Failure Code

P030

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 378
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

CWP_VP overcurrent or overpower protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 2 3 P031: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P031

Fault Description

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 379
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

CWN_VP overcurrent or overpower protection

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 2 . 5 . 2 4 P032: Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be displayed

correctly. Please try to reboot the device.

Failure Code

P032

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 380
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

User Permission of Viewing Errors Fault Description Corresponding to the

Permission
User and Administrator Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!
Service Engineer Permission Transmit voltage error. The image cannot be
displayed correctly. Please try to reboot the
device!

Log Record

"Date" "Time" "Errocode": System Monitor:HV supply alert! [XXX], Current voltage: [VVV] V, Limit
voltage: [LLL]-[HHH]V.

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and Probe Board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Error Mechanism

CW power failure

Possible Cause

1. The PHV voltage load causes the abnormal voltage output.

2. The power circuit of the PHV board fails.

Resolve Path

Cross-test the probe and the probe groove. If the probe and the probe board are normal, apply to
replace the main unit assembly.

Solution

1. Restart the machine, and check whether the fault is rectified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 381
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe groove. If yes, clean the probe groove. If the
fault persists after cleaning, replace the probe board assembly. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Check whether the fault exists on a specific probe. If yes, replace the probe.
4. If the fault appears on all probes, cross-test or replace the main board. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.3 Troubleshooting for Errors Without Alarm

Reporting
8.3.1 Power-on Errors (AC Power Supply)
8 . 3 . 1 . 1 AC Indicator: Off

Fault Description

AC Indicator: Off

Involved FRU

Retractable AC Cable Assembly and AC-DC Board

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The external power supply is abnormal.

2. The Retractable AC Cable Assembly is damaged (low possibility).
3. The AC-DC Board is faulty.

Resolve Path

1. Use the multimeter to check whether the power supply of the power outlet is normal.
2. Use the multimeter to check whether the power cord output is normal.
3. Use the multimeter to check whether the voltage output from the power input assembly to the
AD-DC power board is normal (Note: The power input assembly only serves as a power
connection, and the possibility of failure is extremely low).
4. If the above factors are eliminated, the AC-DC power board is faulty.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 382
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Solution

1. Repair the external power socket.

2. Replace the Retractable AC Cable Assembly. For details, refer to 7.33.2 Disassembly and
Assembly.
3. Replace the AC-DC power board. For details, see 7.32.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 1 . 2 The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator has no response

after the power key is pressed.

Fault Description

The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator has no response after the power key is pressed.

Involved FRU

On/off Button Board (low possibility), trolley spring cable, trolley battery management board, and
Main Board Assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The On/off Button Board is abnormal (extremely low possibility).

2. The trolley spring cable is abnormal (low possibility).
3. The battery management board is abnormal.
4. The Main Board Assembly is faulty.

Resolve Path

1. Check whether the charging indicator of the battery pack is on.

2. Check whether indicators 5VSTB and 3V3STB (1/4) on the rear of the main unit box are on.
3. If the above factors are eliminated, it is probably that the main board or On/off Button Board is
faulty (extremely low possibility).

Solution

1. If the charging indicator is off, it is probably that the trolley battery management board is faulty.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 383
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. If indicators 1/4 are off, you can check whether the main unit and trolley magnetic connections
are normal. If the connections are normal, it is probably that the spring cable is abnormal.
3. Replace the Main Board Assembly or On/off Button Board. For details, refer to 7.13.2
Disassembly and Assembly or 7.21.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 1 . 3 The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator blinks green after
the power key is pressed

Fault Description

The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator blinks green after the power key is pressed

Involved FRU

Main Board Assembly and PC module assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. EC on the main board does not detect S3/S4 raise signals.

2. The PC module does not send S3/S4 signals.

Resolve Path

1. Check whether indicators S3/S4 (8/9) on the rear of the main unit box are on. If they are on, EC
on the main board does not detect S3/S4 signals sent y the PC and the main board is faulty.
2. If they are off, the PC module does not send S3/S4 signals and the PC module is faulty.

Solution

1. Replace the Main Board Assembly. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.
2. Replace the PC module assembly. For details, refer to 7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 1 . 4 The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator flickers orange after
the power key is pressed.

Fault Description

The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator flickers orange after the power key is pressed.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 384
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

The main board power voltages P12V, D5V, and D3V3 are abnormal.

Resolve Path

Check whether the P12V/D5V/D3V3 (5/6/7) indicators on the rear of the main unit box are on.

Solution

If any indicator is off, the main board is faulty. Replace the Main Board Assembly. For details, refer
to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 1 . 5 The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator blinks orange and
green alternately after the power key is pressed
Fault Description

The AC indicator is on, and the power indicator blinks orange and green alternately after the
power key is pressed

Involved FRU

PC module assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 385
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

The internal power supply of the PC is abnormal.

Resolve Path

Solution

Replace the PC module. For details, refer to 7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.3.2 Power-on Errors (Battery Power Supply)

8 . 3 . 2 . 1 The system can be properly started when it is connected to AC, and
cannot be powered on if it is powered only by batteries

Fault Description

The system can be properly started when it is connected to AC, and cannot be powered on if it is
powered only by batteries

Involved FRU

Battery and battery management board

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The machine cannot run or start up due to the low battery.

2. The battery is faulty. For example, the battery cannot be charged, is too hot, or cannot
discharge properly.
3. The battery management board is faulty and cannot charge the battery.

Resolve Path

1. Connect an AC power supply, choose Setup>About>About Detail, and check Battery Health
Status to determine whether to replace the battery.
2. After charging the battery for a period, turn on the machine powered by the battery for a test.

Solution
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 386
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

1. Check the battery health status.

2. Charge the battery.
3. Replace the battery or battery management board. For details, refer to 7.50.2 Disassembly and
Assembly or 7.49.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 2 . 2 The battery indicator blinks orange and blue alternately, and the
device fails to power on

Fault Description

The battery indicator blinks orange and blue alternately, and the device fails to power on

Involved FRU

Battery and battery management board

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

The battery is faulty. For example, the battery cannot be charged, is too hot, or cannot discharge
properly.

Resolve Path

Connect an AC power supply and then power on the system. The system enters self-test and
tests the battery function. Replace the battery or battery management board according to the self-
test result.

Solution

Connect an AC power supply and then power on the system. The system enters self-test and
tests the battery function. Determine whether to replace the battery or battery management board
based on the self-test result. For details, refer to 7.50.2 Disassembly and Assembly or 7.49.2
Disassembly and Assembly.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 387
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

8.3.3 System Startup Errors

8 . 3 . 3 . 1 When the on/off button is pressed and the main screen displays
"Diagnostic Ultrasound System", but the system cannot continue

Fault Description

When the on/off button is pressed and the main screen displays "Diagnostic Ultrasound System",
but the system cannot continue

Involved FRU

PC module and SSD

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

The system powers up normally and enters BIOS self-test, but fails to continue.

Resolve Path

1. Disconnect all peripheral devices and check whether the fault persists. If so, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect SSD and check whether the system is stuck on the Diagnostic Ultrasound System
screen. If so, the PC module is faulty. If not, the SSD card is faulty.

Solution

Replace the PC module or SSD card. For details, refer to 7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly or
7.15.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 3 . 2 The system displays "Diagnostic Ultrasound System" and then the

screen goes black

Fault Description

The system displays "Diagnostic Ultrasound System" and then the screen goes black

Involved FRU

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 388
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

SSD

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

Failed to load the operating system. The SSD card or the operating system root directory is
damaged.

Resolve Path

Restore the operating system and Doppler software. If the fault persists, replace the SSD card.

Solution

Restore the operating system and Doppler software. If the fault persists, replace the SSD card.
For details, refer to 7.15.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 3 . 3 The system displays the Doppler startup screen, but no further step
can be performed.

Fault Description

The system displays the Doppler startup screen, but no further step can be performed.

Involved FRU

SSD

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

Failed to load the Doppler software. The SSD card or the operating system in it is damaged.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 389
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Resolve Path

Restore the operating system and Doppler software. If the fault persists, replace the SSD card.

Solution

Restore the operating system and Doppler software. If the fault persists, replace the SSD card.
For details, refer to 7.15.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.3.4 Image Errors

8 . 3 . 4 . 1 The probe can be recognized but no echo signal is detected in the
ultrasound image region.

Fault Description

The probe can be recognized but no echo signal is detected in the ultrasound image region.

Involved FRU

Probe and Main Board Assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The probe is faulty.

2. The main board is faulty.

Resolve Path

1. Cross-test multiple probes. Connect each probe to the main unit in sequence and check
whether no image displays in the echo region of a single probe or echo regions of multiple
probes.
2. If only one probe is faulty, the failure is caused by the probe fault.
3. If no image is displayed for all probes, listen and check whether the probe head makes
transmission sound in the freezing state. If so, the frontend receiving part is abnormal and the
main board is faulty. Self-test can further determine the fault source.

Solution
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 390
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

1. Replace the probe.

2. Replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 4 . 2 Dark or bright strips exist on the B image

Fault Description

Dark or bright strips exist on the B image

Involved FRU

Probe, probe board, and main board

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The LGC parameter is not properly adjusted.

2. The probe is faulty. For example, the array is damaged.
3. The probe board is faulty (extremely low possibility).
4. The main board is faulty.

Resolve Path

1. Access LGC from the LGC key position on the second screen of the soft menu on the touch
screen, and check whether dark strips or bright strips of images appear due to the low LGC
value of a segment.
2. Test other probes. If the fault occurs only on one probe, the probe itself is faulty.
3. After the above factors are eliminated, the probe board (extremely low possibility) or main
board may be faulty.

Solution

1. Re-adjust the LGC parameter.

2. Clean the probe socket and connect and test the probe again.
3. Test other probes. If the fault only appears on a certain probe, replace the probe.
4. If the probe failure is eliminated but the fault persists, replace the main board. For details, refer
to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 391
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

5. After eliminating the above factors, replace the probe board. For details, refer to 7.9.2
Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 4 . 3 There is noise on the B or C image.

Fault Description

There is noise on the B or C image.

Involved FRU

Probe and main board

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The fault is caused by electromagnetic interference introduced by the power grid, or radiated
interference introduced by space.
2. The probe is faulty.
3. The transmitting and receiving circuit on the frontend is faulty.

Resolve Path

1. Identify electromagnetic interference sources. Common sources of interference include

fluorescent lamps, chargers, computer cases, and low-quality UPS power supplies. Identify the
interference sources by powering off peripheral electrical equipment connected to the grid.
2. Move the device to other floors or buildings that are out of the original environment, and check
whether interference disappears.
3. Supply power for the device separately.
4. Connect to the filter and check whether interference disappears.
5. Use a new probe to conduct a cross test. If the fault does not appear on the new probe, the
probe itself is faulty.
6. After the above factors are eliminated, the main board is faulty.

Solution

1. Identify electromagnetic interference sources (largest possibility).

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 392
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. Use a new probe to conduct a cross test. If the fault does not appear on the new probe, replace
the probe.
3. If the above factors are eliminated, replace the main board. For details, refer to 7.13.2
Disassembly and Assembly.

8.3.5 Probe Recognition Errors

8 . 3 . 5 . 1 A Single Probe Cannot Be Recognized by Any Probe Port

Fault Description

A Single Probe Cannot Be Recognized by Any Probe Port

Involved FRU

Probes

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The system does not have the POD data for this probe model.
2. The probe is faulty.

Resolve Path

1. Press Setup on the touch screen to enter the Setup interface. Choose
System>Image>RESET CONFIG, and check whether the probe model can be found in the
Probe drop-down list. If not, the system does not have the POD data for this probe model.
2. If the POD data exists, the probe may be faulty.

Solution

1. If the POD data is missing, restore the Doppler software to the latest version.
2. If the POD data exists, replace the probe.

8 . 3 . 5 . 2 No Probes Can Be Recognized

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 393
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

No Probes Can Be Recognized

Involved FRU

Probe board and main board

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The probe board is faulty (low possibility).

2. The main board is faulty.
3. The system does not have the POD data for this probe model (low possibility).

Resolve Path

1. Clean the probe socket port, and connect and test the probe again. If the fault persists, replace
the main board first.
2. Press Setup on the touch screen to enter the Setup interface. Choose
System>Image>RESET CONFIG, and check whether the probe model can be found in the
Probe drop-down list. If not, the system does not have the POD data for this probe model.

Solution

1. Clean the probe adapter port, and connect and test the probe again. If the fault persists,
replace the main board first. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.
2. If the fault persists after the main board is replaced, replace the probe board. For details, refer
to 7.9.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.3.6 Display and Related Errors

8 . 3 . 6 . 1 The device startup is normal, a black screen occurs on the main
display, and the display indicator is green.
Fault Description

The device startup is normal, a black screen occurs on the main display, and the display indicator
is green.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 394
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Involved FRU

Monitor

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

The display is faulty, and the internal connection of the display is abnormal.

Resolve Path

1. The green indicator of the display indicates that the power input to the display and the display
signal are normal. Therefore, it is concluded that the display is faulty.
2. An external display can be connected for further confirmation. If the external connection is
normal, it is probably that the display is faulty.

Solution

Replace the display. For details, refer to 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 6 . 2 The device startup is normal, a black screen occurs on the main

display, and the two display indicators are off

Fault Description

The device startup is normal, a black screen occurs on the main display, and the two display
indicators are off

Involved FRU

Display, display conversion board, and power cord of display conversion board

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 395
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Possible Cause

1. The display conversion board is abnormal (low possibility).

2. The display fails.
3. The cables are damaged or abnormal (low possibility).

Resolve Path

1. Check whether the Mindray Logo indicator and the battery capacity indicator are properly on in
landscape mode.
2. If they are properly on, check whether indicators 4/5/6/7/8/9 on the rear of the main unit box are
on. Whether indicator 1 is on is determined based on whether AC is in place.

Solution

1. If neither indicators are on, remove the display assembly and check whether the male and
female sockets on the motion structure conversion board and the display conversion board
have crooked pins or are damaged, and whether the cables are damaged. If so, replace the
damaged part. For details, refer to 7.2.2 Disassembly and Assembly.
2. After confirming Steps 1 and 2, it is probably that the display is abnormal.

8 . 3 . 6 . 3 The device startup is normal, the main display displays "No Signal",
and the display signal indicator is orange
Fault Description

The device startup is normal, the main display displays "No Signal", and the display signal
indicator is orange

Involved FRU

Display, display conversion board, signal cable of display conversion board, main board
assembly, and PC module assembly

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The CPU does not output signals.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 396
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

2. The CPU outputs signals.

3. Signals output by the CPU are normal, but the display conversion board or signal cable
connection is abnormal (low possibility).
4. Circuit identification in the display is abnormal.

Resolve Path

1. If the fault persists after the external display is connected through HDMI, the CPU or main
board is faulty. In this case, replace the PC module assembly or main board assembly.
2. If the display is normal after the external display is connected through HDMI, the display
conversion board, display conversion board signal cable, or display is abnormal.

Solution

1. If the fault persists after the external display is connected through HDMI, the CPU or main
board is faulty. In this case, replace the PC module assembly or main board assembly. For
details, refer to 7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly or 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.
2. If the display is normal after the external display is connected through HDMI, remove the
display and check whether the display conversion board and display conversion board signal
cable are damaged. If so, replace the damaged part. For details, refer to 7.14.2 Disassembly
and Assembly and 7.5.2 Disassembly and Assembly.
3. If no physical damage occurs, replace the display first. For details, refer to 7.2.2 Disassembly
and Assembly.

8.3.7 IO Port System Errors

8 . 3 . 7 . 1 Both speakers are mute.

Fault Description

Both speakers are mute.

Involved FRU

PC module assembly and main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 397
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

1. The PC audio is abnormal.

2. The main board circuit for processing audio is abnormal.

Resolve Path

Replace the main board or PC module.

Solution

Replace the main board or PC module. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly or
7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 7 . 2 Only a single speaker is mute.

Fault Description

Only a single speaker is mute.

Involved FRU

Speaker

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

The speaker is faulty.

Resolve Path

Replace the speaker.

Solution

Replace the speaker. For details, refer to 7.3.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 7 . 3 The USB port failed to recognize the connected USB drive.

Fault Description

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 398
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

The USB port failed to recognize the connected USB drive.

Involved FRU

PC module assembly and main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The USB drive is faulty.

2. The PC module is faulty.
3. The USB port on the main board is damaged.

Resolve Path

1. Check whether the USB drive can be recognized on the PC. If not, the USB drive is faulty.
2. If no USB drive can be recognized and the touch screen does not respond, it is probably that
the PC module is faulty.
3. If the USB port on the rear of the main unit is abnormal, the main board is faulty.

Solution

1. Replace the USB drive.

2. Replace the PC module. For details, refer to 7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly.
3. Replace the Main Board Assembly. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 7 . 4 The wired network is disconnected or abnormal.

Fault Description

The wired network is disconnected or abnormal.

Involved FRU

Main board assembly and PC module assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 399
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The external wired network is abnormal, or the network settings are abnormal.
2. The network port on the main board is damaged.

Resolve Path

1. Use a PC to test whether the external network is normal. If the network is normal, re-configure
the network on the ultrasound system.
2. Check whether the network port is damaged.
3. If the above factors are eliminated, the PC module assembly is faulty.

Solution

1. Check the external wired network or re-configure the network.

2. If the network port is damaged, replace the main board assembly.
3. If the above factors are eliminated, replace the PC module assembly. For details, refer to
7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 7 . 5 Failed to recognize WIFI.

Fault Description

Failed to recognize WIFI.

Involved FRU

Wireless network card and PC module assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

1. The external wireless network is abnormal or the network settings are abnormal.
2. The wireless network card is faulty.
3. The PC module is faulty.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 400
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Resolve Path

1. Use a PC or mobile device to test whether the external network is normal. If the network is
normal, re-configure the network on the ultrasound system.
2. Check whether a single wireless network card is faulty or both wireless network cards are
faulty.

Solution

1. Check the external wireless network or re-configure the network.

2. If a single wireless network card is faulty, replace it. If both wireless network cards are faulty,
replace the PC module assembly. For details, refer to 7.11.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8 . 3 . 7 . 6 The main display is normal and no information is displayed on the

external HDMI display

Fault Description

The main display is normal and no information is displayed on the external HDMI display

Involved FRU

Main board assembly

Severity

Maintenance as soon as possible

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

The video conversion circuit on the main board is faulty.

Resolve Path

Replace the main board assembly.

Solution

Replace the Main Board Assembly. For details, refer to 7.13.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 401
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

8 . 3 . 7 . 7 The main display is normal. The external HDMI resolution is

inappropriate.

Fault Description

The main display is normal. The external HDMI resolution is inappropriate.

Involved FRU

Severity

Maintenance required

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Possible Cause

The external display resolution fails to be adapted to.

Resolve Path

Manually set the output resolution of an external display in the Setup menu.

Solution

Enter the Setup screen. Choose System>Output. In the Resolution area of the Digital Output
Size menu, select different resolutions for testing.

8 . 3 . 7 . 8 The main display is normal and the HDMI external display has strips
or blinks

Fault Description

The main display is normal and the HDMI external display has strips or blinks

Involved FRU

Severity

Maintenance required

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 402
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Handling Level

Handle the error yourself.

Possible Cause

The HDMI or VGA signal is poor.

Resolve Path

Manually set the VGA/HDMI resolution in the Setup menu. If the fault persists, cross-test other
displays or cables.

Solution

1. Press F10 on the keyboard to enter the Setup screen. Choose System>Output. In the
Resolution area of the Digital Output Size menu, select different resolutions for testing.
2. Replace HDMI or VGA cables (shorter cables or better grounded or shielded cables), or test
other displays. For details, refer to 7.5.2 Disassembly and Assembly.

8.3.8 ECG Error

8 . 3 . 8 . 1 Failed to enable ECG functions

Fault Description

Failed to enable ECG functions

Involved FRU

ECG Module

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

The ECG module is faulty.

Resolve Path

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 403
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
8 Troubleshooting
Service Manual

Replace the ECG module.

Solution

Replace the ECG module.

8 . 3 . 8 . 2 When the ECG function is enabled, the ECG waveform shows a

straight line or is abnormal.
Fault Description

When the ECG function is enabled, the ECG waveform shows a straight line or is abnormal.

Involved FRU

ECG Module

Severity

Suspension

Handling Level

Contact the device provider for onsite handling.

Possible Cause

The ECG module is faulty.

Resolve Path

Replace the ECG module.

Solution

Replace the ECG module.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 404
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

9 Appendix

9.1 Phantom Usage Illustration

Phantoms are optional and can be skipped in periodic maintenance. Phantoms can be
incorporated in the scheduled quality assurance test.

The optimal storage and operating temperatures of phantoms range from 10℃ to 35℃.
Do not use phantoms beyond this range to avoid compromising the measured
performance indicators.

1. Do not exert force when placing the probe on the acoustic window to avoid
damaging the acoustic window and TM materials.
2. Do not drop or fiercely bump phantoms. Place phantoms upright and do not put
the upside down unless in maintenance conditions.

KS107BD ultrasound phantom

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 405
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

A1-A5: Axial-lateral resolution target string group

B: Dead zone target group
C: Vertical target group
D: Horizontal target group
E: Hyperechoic (tumor-like) target
F: Pseudocyst (10 mm in diameter) and stones
G: Pseudocyst (6 mm in diameter)
• Line target system
The TM material is embedded with eight groups of nylon line targets, which are distributed as
shown in the figure. Where,
A1-A5
Axial and lateral resolution target group. The distances between the lateral branches of the
group and the acoustic window are 30mm, 50mm, 70mm, 120mm and 160mm respectively.
The horizontal distances between two adjacent target lines in groups A1 and A2 are 1mm,
5mm, 4mm, 3mm, and 2mm, and those in groups A3-A5 are 5mm, 4mm, 3mm, and 2mm. The
vertical distances between two adjacent target line centers of the longitudinal branches are
4mm, 3mm, 2mm, and 1 mm.
B:
Dead zone target group. The center horizontal distance of adjacent lines is 10mm, and the
distances to the acoustic window are 10mm, 9mm, 8mm, 7mm, 6mm, 5mm, 4mm, and 3mm.
C:
Vertical target group 19 target lines with a 10mm center distance between adjacent lines.
D:
Horizontal target groups. It contains 7 target lines, and the center distance between two
adjacent lines is 20mm.
• Simulated lesion
E:
Pseudotumor. It is located at the depth of 70-80mm, has a cylindrical shape and a diameter of
10mm, and is parallel to the target line in axial direction.
F:
Pseudocyst and stone. The pseudocyst is cylindrical, has a diameter of 10 mm, is located in
the depth of 70-80 mm, and parallel to the target line in axial direction. The stone has an
irregular shape, is located in the middle of the pseudocyst, and has a maximum size of about
4-6mm.
G:
Pseudocyst. It is located at the depth of 47-53 mm, has a cylindrical shape and a diameter of 6
mm, and is parallel to the target line in axial direction.

KS107BG ultrasound phantom

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 406
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

A1-A4: Axial resolution target string group

B1-B4: Lateral resolution target group
C: Dead zone target group
D: Vertical target group
E: Horizontal target group
F1-F3: Pseudocyst with diameters of 2mm, 4mm, and 6mm
• Line target system
The TM material is embedded with 11 line targets, which are distributed as shown in the figure:
A1-A4:
Axial resolution target group. The upmost lines in each target locate at the depth of 10, 30, 50,
70mm, the center longitudinal distances of each group (from the top down) are 3, 2, 1, 0.5mm,
and the horizontal distance is 1mm.
B1-B4:
Lateral resolution target group. They are located at a depth of 10mm, 30mm, 50mm, 70mm,
with a center horizontal distance of 4mm, 3mm, 2mm, and 1mm in each group.
C:
Dead zone target group. The center horizontal distance of the four adjacent lines on the right is
10mm, and the distances to the acoustic window are 8mm, 7mm, 6mm, and 5mm. The center
horizontal distance of the three adjacent lines on the left is 15mm, distances to the acoustic
window are 4mm, 3mm, and 2mm.
D:
Vertical target group. It contains 12 target lines, and the center distance between two adjacent
lines is 10mm.
E:
Horizontal target group. It is located at the depth of 40mm, and the center distance between
two adjacent lines is 10mm.
• Simulated lesions F1-F3

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 407
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

The TM material is embedded with 3 simulated lesions. These simulated lesions are all
cylindrical with diameters of 2mm, 4mm, and 6 mm respectively. The cylinder axes are parallel
to the target lines, and the axes are located at the depth of 15mm, 30mm, and 45 mm
respectively.

9.2 Electrical Connection Diagram

Figure9–1 Internal connections of the TEX series product

9.3 Description of Self-Test Items

Z0101 Test of Communication Between PC Module and MF FPGA

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
Verify whether the PCIe bus between the PC module and the FPGA is normal.
• Test failure analysis
Run the lsmod command to identify UsDataUpload on the Xwindows page. If it is not
identified, the drive is not correctly installed.
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the communication between the PC module and the MF FPGA is
abnormal.
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 408
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the drive cannot be identified, recover the equipment.
2. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
3. If the test result is FAIL, replace the PC module and then the main board.

Z0102 CPU Temperature Test

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
With the test software accelerating the workload, monitor whether the CPU temperature can
meet the standard in 5 minutes. Tap End Test to finish the test in the process.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 409
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is NaN, the maintenance personnel ends the test during the test process.
If the test result is FAIL, the CPU temperature is too high.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
First check whether the air inlet and dust-proof net are blocked, whether the fans are blocked,
and whether the CPU radiator and heat-conducting cream are in good contact. If the test result
is still FAIL, replace the PC module.

Z0201 DDR Full-Space Read/Write Test

• Upper-level test item

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 410
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Verify whether the PCIe bus between the PC module and the FPGA is normal.
• Test Items
The full-space read/write test is conducted for the DDR mounted to the MF FPGA.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the connections between the FPGA and the mounted DDRs are
abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0202 AFE Test Mode Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Enter the system test mode, write data to AFE globally, and write the delay RAM. Read the
data from the channel delay storage and locate the specific channel and AFE chip.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the AFE chip has an error.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, perform the self-test again. If the test result is still FAIL, replace the
main board.

Z0203 EC ARM Communication Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Test whether the communication serial port UART between the EC ARM and the FPGA is
normal. Read the firmware version and firmware compilation time.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the serial ports of the EC ARM and the MF FPGA are faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, the logic of the MF FPGA is wrong. In this case, restart the device and
re-perform the self-test. If the fault persists, recover the device.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 411
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0204 Power Status Test

• Upper-level test item

EC ARM Communication Test
• Test Items
Check whether the voltage of the main board of the TEX device is normal.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the voltage of the main board is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0205 SM ARM Communication Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Test whether the UART communication between the MF FPGA and the SM ARM is normal.
Read the SM ARM firmware version and compilation time.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the UART of the SM ARM and the serial port of the MF FPGA are
faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0206 Network Port Test

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
The program prompts you to ensure that the network cable is connected. After the network
cable is connected, the program judges whether the Ethernet functions properly.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is FAIL, the Ethernet does not work properly.
• Troubleshooting suggestion

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 412
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

1. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the network cable is connected in place.
2. Ensure that the network cable is connected in place. If the test result is still FAIL, replace the
main board.

Z0207 RF Chip SPI Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Turn on the RF chip. Read the register of the RF chip through SPI to judge whether the written
data is consistent with the received data.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the SPI port of the RF chip is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0208 CW_SPI Interface Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Enable the CW test mode and enter the CW automated test to determine whether the CW_SPI
port is normal.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the CW_SPI board interface goes wrong.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0209 CW Mode Pressure Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
On the FPGA, set the PHV voltage and then the CW voltage. Read and check whether the
voltage value is within the specified range.
• Test failure analysis

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 413
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.

If the test result is FAIL, the prompted voltage does not meet the requirements.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0210 PHV Communication Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Test the UART communication between the MF FPGA and the PHV Arm. Read the PHV
firmware version and build version.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the communication between the MF FPGA and the PHV serial port
fails.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0211 PHV Programmable Power Voltage Test

• Upper-level test item

PHV Communication test
• Test Items
On the MF FPGA, set four levels for the PHV program-controlled voltage. Monitor whether the
voltage values at the four levels are within the specified range through the UART of the PHV
ARM.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the PHV voltage setting is improper.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0212 Fixed High Voltage Test for PHV

• Upper-level test item

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 414
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

PHV Communication test

• Test Items
Enable the fixed power voltage ±100 (HV voltage) for the PHV board. Obtain the monitored
board voltage through the UART of the PHV ARM and check whether the voltage is within the
specified range.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the fixed high voltage does not meet the requirements.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0213 Temperature Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
The PC reads the FPGA core temperature and CPU temperature through the PCIe bus.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the FPGA core or CPU temperature is too high.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the fans are blocked, whether the FPGA and CPU
radiators are properly assembled, and whether the heat-conducting cream and radiator are in
good contact.

Z0301 Fan Speed Test

• Upper-level test item

SM ARM Communication Test
• Test Items
Set the fan speed through the UART of the SM ARM and judge whether the current fan speed
meets the requirements.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the fans are blocked (do not rotate), or a fault is detected on the main
board.
• Troubleshooting suggestion

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 415
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the fans rotate properly. If so, replace the main board.

Z0401 Speaker Test

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
Play the music by pressing the speaker from left or right. Test whether audio clip, amplifier
circuit or speaker function works well.
During the test, the program will display a dialog box on the left and right sides, asking whether
the tester can hear the music from the left and right speakers. If not, click Retry to replay the
music. If the tester does not hear the music after the music is played for several times, click
No, I Can't. If the tester can hear the music, click Yes, I Can.

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is FAIL, the audio module or speaker is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
It is recommended to check the speaker and wire material, and audio module. Then, replace
the main board.

Z0501 Wireless Function Test

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
Check whether a network adapter exists and then check whether an SSID list can be
searched.
• Test failure analysis
If the system prompts that wireless device 0 is found, the wireless network adapter is not
identified.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 416
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

If the system prompts that wireless device 1 is found, only one wireless network adapter is
identified.
If the system prompts that the test of wireless function 0 fails, no wireless hotspot is
detected through network port 0.
If the system prompts that the test of wireless function 1 fails, no wireless hotspot is
detected through network port 1.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the system prompts that the wireless device 0 is found or wireless device 1 is found,
check whether the wireless network adapter is installed properly and ensure that the wireless
network adapter is not disabled in Network Connection.
2. If the system prompts that the test of wireless function 0 or 1 fails, check whether a wireless
hotspot is available. If so, replace the wireless network adapter and then replace the main
board.

Z0601 4G Module Communication Test

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
Check whether the operating system can identify the 4G module.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is NaN, the 4G module cannot be detected.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
If the test result is NaN, check whether the 4G module drive is installed. If not, install it, restart
the device, and perform the test again. If the test result is still NaN, replace the 4G module. If
the fault persists, replace the main board.

Z0701 GPU Communication Test

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
Check whether the operating system can identify the GPU module device.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is FAIL, the GPU module device cannot be detected.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
If the test result is FAIL, check whether the GPU module drive is installed. If not, install it,
restart the device, and perform the test again. If the test result is still FAIL, replace the GPU
module. If the fault persists, replace the main board.

Z0801 TEE Temperature Signal Test

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 417
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Read the value of the TEE temperature signal. If the value can be sampled, the TEE
temperature signal collection is normal.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the TEE temperature signal collection link is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0802 TEE Angle Signal Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Read the value of the TEE temperature signal. If a value can be sampled, TEE temperature
signal collection is normal.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the TEE angle signal collection link is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main board.

Z0901 Main Display I2C Communication Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Test whether I2C bus communication between MF FPGA and the main display LCD works
well. Read data on the LCD through the I2C bus. Judge whether it is not 0 or not F, and then
parse the software and hardware versions of the main display LCD.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the connection between MF FPGA and the main display is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 418
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the cable and conversion board connections between
the main display and the main unit are reliable. If the fault persists, replace the main display.

Z0902 Main Display Serial Number Test

• Upper-level test item

Main display I2C communication test
• Test Items
The system reads the serial number of the current display during the test and compares it to
the serial number in the configuration file.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is NaN, the current display does not support this test.
If the test result is FAIL, the read serial number of the current display is inconsistent with that in
the configuration file.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is NaN, deselect the test item.
2. If the test result is FAIL, turn off the device and restart the Doppler system. If the test result is
still FAIL, check whether the cable and conversion board connections between the main
display and the main unit are reliable. If the fault persists, replace the main display.

Z0903 Main Display Configuration Test

• Upper-level test item

Main display serial number test
• Test Items
The system reads the parameter board checksum of the current display during the test and
compares it to the checksum in the configuration file read by the Doppler system.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is FAIL, the read checksum of the current display is inconsistent with that in
the configuration file.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
If the test result is FAIL, turn off the device and restart the Doppler system. If the test result is
still FAIL, check whether the cable and conversion board connections between the main
display and the main unit are reliable. If the fault persists, replace the main display.

Z0904 Bright Control Test for the Main Display

• Upper-level test item

Main display I2C communication test
• Test Items
The following dialog box appears during the test. The program controls the brightness
changes of the main display through the I2C bus. Change the brightness to the lowest, then

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 419
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

the highest, and finally normal. If you can perceive the changes, click Yes, I Can; otherwise,
click No, I Can't. Click Retry to repeat the preceding procedure.

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, brightness control for the main display is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main display. If the problem persists, replace the main
board.

Z0905 Backlight Control Test for the Main Display

• Upper-level test item

Main display I2C communication test
• Test Items
The following dialog box appears during the test. The program turns off the backlight for 3
seconds and then resumes the backlight If you can perceive the changes, click Yes, I Can;
otherwise, click No, I Can't. Click Retry to repeat the preceding procedure.

• Test failure analysis

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 420
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.

Backlight control of primary LCD monitor goes wrong if the test fails.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main display. If the problem persists, replace the main
board.

Z0906 Optical Sensor Test

• Upper-level test item

Main display I2C communication test
• Test Items
The following dialog box appears during the test. Ensure that the device is not in a dark room
environment during the self-test. Otherwise, the test requirements are not met.

Completely cover the optical sensor at the top of the screen with your hand for at least 5s. If
the value displayed on the screen becomes smaller, take off your hand from the optical sensor
and check whether the value displayed on the screen becomes greater. If the preceding
procedures are normal, click Yes, I Can; otherwise, click No, I Can't. See the figure below:

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the optical sensor is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 421
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the cables and board are connected reliably for the
optical sensor. If so, replace the main display assembly to which the optical sensor is
integrated.

Z0907 Communication Test for the Main Display Touch Panel

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
Test whether the operating system can identify the touch screen.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is FAIL, the operating system cannot recognize the touch screen.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
If the test result is FAIL, check whether the cable and version connections are normal. If so,
replace the main display assembly.

Z0908 Touch Function Test for the Main Display

• Test Items
The following dialog box appears on the main display during the test. You need to change all
the circles on the touch screen into green manually.

If all circles are lit green, the program automatically passes the test. If the touch screen
malfunctions during the test, tap Touch Screen is Bad.
• Test failure analysis

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 422
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

None
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the touch screen does not work at all, the touch screen drive is abnormal. In this case,
reinstall the system.
2. If the touch screen malfunctions partially, check whether the cable connections are normal. If
the fault persists, replace the main display.

Z1001 MF FPGA and Probe Board FPGA Communication Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication Test Between PC Module and MF FPGA
• Test Items
Test whether the SPI bus communication between MF FPGA on the main board and FPGA on
the probe board is normal.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the connection between MF FPGA on the main board and FPGA on
the probe board is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the probe board and then the main board.

Z1101 ECG Board Information Reading Test

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
The program controls the main board to read the boot program version, board ID, and software
version of the ECG board through the serial port.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is NaN, the ECG module is not in the place.
If the test result is FAIL, the serial port of the main board is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is NaN, replace the ECG module before the test. If the test result is still NaN,
replace the main board.
3. If the test result is FAIL, replace the ECG module before the test. If the test result is still FAIL,
replace the main board.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 423
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Z1102 ECG Board Self-test

• Upper-level test item

None
• Test Items
The program controls the PC module to read the ECG board register through the USB port
and check the A/D collection and Voltage33 power status.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the ECG board is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the ECG board.

Z1201 Communication Test for the Battery Management Board

• Upper-level test item

MF board in-place test
• Test Items
Check whether the UART connection between the SM ARM and the battery management
board ARM is normal, and read the firmware version and board ID.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, battery management board is not in place or not assembled properly.
Re-plug it. If the test result is still FAIL, the UART connection between the SM ARM and the
battery management board ARM is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, re-plug the battery management board. If the test result is still FAIL,
replace the battery management board and then the main board.

Z1301 Battery Communication Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery management board
• Test Items
The program detects whether the battery is in position through the I2C interface of the battery
management board ARM. If the battery is detected, the program reads the version and battery
serial number.
• Test failure analysis

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 424
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

1. If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.

2. If the test result is FAIL, the battery management board is not in place.

Z1102 Battery Health Status Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery management board
• Test Items
The program reads the battery voltage, temperature, capacity, and charge/discharge cycle
count through the I2C interface of the battery management board ARM, and determines the
current status of the battery based on read parameters. Battery states include GOOD, WEAK,
and REPLACED.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the battery.
3. If the test result is FAIL and the prompt indicating that the battery management board is not
in place is displayed, the battery management board is not in place.
4. If the test result is FAIL and the prompt indicating that the battery is unavailable is displayed,
replace the battery.

Z1401 Battery Pack Indicator Board Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery management board
• Test Items
During the test, the following dialog box pops up. The program turns on the LED lights of the
battery pack indicator board in sequence through the battery management board ARM. Then,
the battery pack indicators are turned on in sequence. If you can perceive the changes, click
Yes, I Can; otherwise, click No, I Can't. Click Retry to repeat the preceding procedure.

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the battery pack indicator board is abnormal.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 425
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the battery pack before the test. If the fault persists, replace the
battery management board and then the main board.

Z1501 Battery Pack Fan Speed Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery management board
• Test Items
Set and read the battery pack fan speed through the battery management board ARM, and
judge whether the current fan speed meets the requirements.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the battery pack fans are blocked (do not rotate), or a fault is detected
on the battery management board.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the battery pack fans rotate properly. If so, replace the
battery management board and then the main board.

Z1601 Communication Test for the Battery Capacity Indicator Board

• Upper-level test item

SM ARM Communication Test
• Test Items
Check whether the UART connection between the SM ARM and the battery capacity indicator
board ARM is normal, and read the firmware version and board ID.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the UART connection between the SM ARM and the battery capacity
indicator board ARM is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the main display assembly and then the main board.

Z1602 Gravity Sensor Test

• Upper-level test item

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 426
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Communication test for the battery capacity indicator board

• Test Items
During the test, the following dialog box pops up. Use your hand to rotate the screen to the
portrait mode. Then, the portrait indicator is on. Use your hand to rotate the screen to the
landscape mode. Then, the landscape indicator is on. If the preceding procedures are normal,
click Yes, I Can; otherwise, click No, I Can't. See the figure below:

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the gravity sensor is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the cables are connected reliably for the battery
capacity indicator board. If so, replace the main display assembly. The gravity sensor is
integrated to the battery capacity indicator board, which is integrated to the main display
assembly.

Z1603 Battery Capacity Indicator Control Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery capacity indicator board
• Test Items
During the test, the following dialog box pops up. The program controls the battery capacity
indicator LEDs change with the icons through the battery capacity indicator board ARM. If you
can perceive the consistent changes, tap Yes, I Can; otherwise, tap No, I Can’t. Tap Retry to
repeat the preceding procedure. See the figure below:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 427
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the battery capacity indicator board LED is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the cables are connected reliably for the battery
capacity indicator board. If so, replace the main display assembly. The battery capacity
indicator board LED is integrated to the battery capacity indicator board, which is integrated to
the main display assembly.

Z1604 Standby Indicator Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery capacity indicator board
• Test Items
During the test, the following dialog box pops up. The program turns on the standby indicator
for 3 seconds and then turns off it. If you can perceive the changes, click Yes, I Can;
otherwise, click No, I Can't. Click Retry to repeat the preceding procedure.

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the standby indicator LED is abnormal.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 428
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the cables are connected reliably for the standby
indicator board. If so, replace the main display assembly. The standby indicator LED is
connected to the battery capacity indicator board, which is integrated to the main display
assembly.

Z1701 Logo Indicator Control Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery capacity indicator board
• Test Items
During the test, the following dialog box pops up. The program turns off the logo indicator for 3
seconds and then resumes it. If you can perceive the changes, click Yes, I Can; otherwise,
click No, I Can't. Click Retry to repeat the preceding procedure.

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the logo indicator LED is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the cables are connected reliably for the logo indicator
board. If so, replace the main display assembly. The logo indicator board is connected to the
battery capacity indicator board, which is integrated to the main display assembly.

Z1801 Distance Sensor Board Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery capacity indicator board

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 429
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

• Test Items
During the test, the following dialog box pops up. Completely cover the distance sensor in the
upper right corner of the screen with your hand for at least 5s. If the distance value displayed
on the screen becomes smaller, take off your hand from the distance sensor and check
whether the distance value displayed on the screen becomes greater. If the preceding
procedures are normal, click Yes, I Can; otherwise, click No, I Can't. See the figure below:

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the distance sensor is faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether there are stains on the distance sensor glass. If so,
replace the main display assembly. The distance sensor is connected to the battery capacity
indicator board, which is integrated to the main display assembly.

Z1901 Communication Test for the Charging Socket PCBA

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the battery management board
• Test Items
Check whether the UART connection between the battery management board ARM and the
wireless probe charging socket PCBA ARM is normal, and read the firmware version and
board ID.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is NaN, the wireless probe charging station is not in place or is not assembled
properly.
If the test result is FAIL, the UART connection between the battery management ARM and the
wireless probe charging socket PCBA ARM is abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 430
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

2. If the test result is NaN, re-plug the wireless probe charging station. If the test result is still NaN,
restart the device.
3. If the test result is FAIL, replace the wireless probe charging station, then the battery
management board, and finally the main board.

Z1902 19V Enabling Test for the Charging Socket PCBA

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the charging socket PCBA
• Test Items
Test whether the 19V enabling signal of the wireless probe charging socket PCBA is normal.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, 19V enabling of the wireless probe charging socket PCBA is
abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the wireless probe charging station, then the battery
management board, and finally the main board.

Z1903 Power Supply Status Test for the Charging Socket PCBA

• Upper-level test item

19V enabling test for the charging socket PCBA
• Test Items
Check whether the voltage status of the wireless probe charging station is normal.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the power voltage of the wireless probe charging socket PCBA is
abnormal.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the wireless probe charging station, then the battery
management board, and finally the main board.

Z1904 Charging Port Test for the Charging Station

• Upper-level test item

Power supply status test for the charging station
• Test Items

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 431
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

During the test, the following dialog box pops up. Ensure that the wireless probe is in the
charging station and the charging indicator is on. Otherwise, the test requirements cannot be
met.

Then, the software reads the battery capacity of the wireless probe, and position 2 and
position 3 of the wireless probe charging station are tested in sequence.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL and the prompt indicating that the probe is not in position X of the
wireless probe is displayed, the wireless probe at position X is not identified.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL and the prompt indicating that the probe is not in position X of the
wireless probe is displayed, place the wireless probe at position X for the test again. If the test
result is still FAIL, replace the wireless probe charging station, then the battery management
board, and finally the main board.

Z2001 Charging Station Fan Speed Test

• Upper-level test item

Power supply status test for the charging station
• Test Items
Set and read the fan speed of the wireless probe charging station through the wireless probe
charging station ARM, and judge whether the current fan speed meets the requirements.
• Test failure analysis
If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, the fans of the wireless probe charging station are blocked (do not
rotate), or a fault is detected on the wireless probe charging socket PCBA.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 432
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, check whether the fans of the wireless probe charging station rotate
properly. If so, replace the wireless probe charging station, then the battery management
board, and finally the main board.

Z2101 Charging Status Indicator Board Test

• Upper-level test item

Communication test for the charging socket PCBA
• Test Items
During the test, the following dialog box pops up. The program turns on the LED lights of the
wireless probe charging station in sequence through the wireless probe charging station ARM.
Then, the LED lights of the wireless probe charging station are turned on in sequence. If you
can perceive the changes, click Yes, I Can; otherwise, click No, I Can't. Click Retry to repeat
the preceding procedure.

• Test failure analysis

If the test result is Error, the drive is abnormal.
If the test result is FAIL, LED lights or control of the wireless probe charging station are faulty.
• Troubleshooting suggestion
1. If the test result is Error, restart the device and re-perform the self-test. If the problem persists,
restore the device.
2. If the test result is FAIL, replace the wireless probe charging station, then the battery
management board, and finally the main board.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 433
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

9.4 Electrical Safety Maintenance

The following electrical safety tests are considered as a part of the comprehensive regular
maintenance process and major means to detect exceptions. If the test is not performed, the
patient or operator may be endangered. Perform additional tests based on the actual conditions.
All tests can be performed by using a commercial safety analysis tester. The following tests are
performed by using the 601 pro series safety tester or an equivalent. Other mainstream testers
such as Fluke, Metro, and Gerb must comply with the requirements of IEC 60601-1. Follow the
instructions of the analyzer vendor and make adjustments as required during the test.
After the product is maintained or upgraded, test the product periodically by using a safety
analyzer to ensure that the product remains in the inspected state. The safety analyzer is
considered as a good troubleshooting tool in checking abnormal line voltage, grounding, and total
current load.

Electrical Safety Inspection

1-Power cord plug
Test process
• Power plug
Power plug pins No damage or bent pins, and no discolored (rusty) pins
Plug No physical damage
Molded part No physical damage or plug heating during use
Power plug No loosening
• Power cable
Power cable No physical damage or aging
Check the connection for devices with detachable power
cables
Check the molded part for devices with undetachable
power cables

Electrical Safety Inspection

2-Device shell and accessories
Test process
• Visual inspection
Shell and accessories No physical damage to the shell and accessories
No physical damage to switches, connectors, and
dashboard
No overflowing liquid residues, such as water, coffee, and
chemicals
No physical damage to the probe, such as cracks or
swelling on the probe head
Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 434
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

2-Device shell and accessories
No loose or missing parts, such as buttons, knobs and
terminals
• Associated check
Shell and accessories No abnormal sound, such as cracks inside the device
No abnormal smells, such as the smell of scorch or smoke
from the air vent
No audio prompts regarding device bugs or precautions for
the operator
3-Device labeling
Test process
Check whether labels provided by the device vendor are complete and legible.
• Labels on the main unit
• General warning labels
• Other warning labels
• No-press labels

Electrical Safety Inspection

4-Protection ground impedance
Overview
Prerequisite: L1 and L2 are disconnected.
To measure the protection ground impedance, connect a red lead to the protection ground end,
protection ground metal shell, or equipotential pole of the device under test. Press the soft key 3
to select the test current. You can switch among 1 A, 10 A, and 25 A. During the test, the output
power of the front panel is turned off.
Test process
• Preparations
1. Press AMPERRES (soft key 3) to select the test current for measuring the protection ground
impedance.
2. Connect the test lead between the red input and the green input.
3. Press CAL LEADS. The 601 PRO tester will measure the lead impedance. If the measured
value is less than 0.15 Ω, the tester saves the measured value and deducts it from all ground
impedance values that are measured under the calibration current.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 435
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

4-Protection ground impedance
4. If the calibration fails, the saved value is used until an acceptable calibration value appears.
• WARNING
In the ground impedance test, the device under test (DUT) must be connected to the output end
on the front panel of the 601 PRO tester. If the DUT ground impedance test fails, terminate the
test and mark that the device is invalid.
• Performing the test
1. On the main panel, insert the DUT plug into the auxiliary output on the front panel of the 601
PRO tester when there is no power on the output end.
2. Insert the red lead of the 601 PRO tester into the red input (on the front panel of the 601 PRO
tester), and the other end to the protection ground or bare metal part of the device.
3. Press 3 to show the protection ground impedance test.
4. Press AMPERES to select the test current (1 A, 10 A, or 25 A). The selected current appears
in the upper right corner of the display in real time.

5. Press the soft key corresponding to START TEST to apply the test current and show the
impedance and current values. The test lasts about 5s.
6. Press the print key to print the latest measurements.
• NOTICE
When the impedance exceeds the standard value, no valid measurement result is obtained due
to an open-circuit connection or because the tested object exceeds the measurement range.
When the read value exceeds 9.999Ω, it is prompted that the value exceeds the standard value.
• FAIL
Stop using the device once its impedance reaches the limit. Check the protection ground
connections between the protection ground terminal and the protection ground metal shell and
equipotential pole. Perform the test again. If the device fails the test again, stop using the
device and notify customer service engineers to analyze or handle the problem.
Limit
All countries: R = 0.2Ω (maximum).

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 436
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

5-Ground leakage current test
Overview
Before performing other leakage current tests for the device, perform the ground leakage
current test.
Measure the leakage current as follows:
• Measure the ground leakage current from the ground terminal of the DUT.
• No test lead needs to be connected. The 601 PRO tester will automatically connect to the
internal measurement device.
Test process
• Performing the test
1. On the main panel, insert the DUT plug into the auxiliary output on the front panel of the 601
PRO tester when there is no power on the output end, and then turn on the DUT.
2. Connect the applied part of the device to an available applied part terminal of the 601 PRO
tester.
3. Press 4. The ground leakage current test appears on the screen and the test begins.

• Soft key 1 implements switching between the positive and negative polarities of the DUT.
• Soft key 2 implements DUT output switching between grounding and non-grounding.
• Soft key 3 implements switching between L2 and non-L2 (single fault).
• Soft key 4 implements switching between applied part grounded and applied part not
grounded.
4. Press the print key to print the latest measurements.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 437
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

5-Ground leakage current test
Figure9–2 Testing the earth leakage current

• FAIL
Check the short circuit conditions of the Y capacitor of the power module. If the Y capacitor
partially fails, replace it.
Check the damage of the power module. If it partially fails, replace it.
Check whether grid power cables are bent, in bad contact, or damaged.
Test the AC current output on the wall. Check that the ground is good and no cable exceptions
occur. Notify the user or owner to correct related deviations. Check whether any surrounding
operating power output can be used for substitution.
Replace the probe to check whether the failure is caused by the main unit.
If the leakage current test on the new component fails and the problem cannot be rectified,
submit a safety failure report to prove the system problem and remove this component.
If the test fails on other units, stop using the device and notify customer service engineers to
analyze or handle the problem.
Limit
IEC60601-1: 500 μA (normal state).
1000 μA (single fault condition)

Electrical Safety Inspection

6-Patient leakage current test
Overview
The patient leakage current test aims to test the leakage current between the applied part and
the ground. All measurements can adopt the RMS value.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 438
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

6-Patient leakage current test
Test process
• Preparations
Set the menu of the applied part.
The following output conditions are required for this test:
Normal Polarity, Earth Open, Outlet ON
Normal Polarity, Outlet ON
Normal Polarity, L2 Open, Outlet ON
Reversed Polarity, Outlet ON
Reversed Polarity, Earth Open, Outlet ON
Reversed Polarity, L2 Open, Outlet ON
• WARNING
If all application parts pertain to the same anti-shock type, connect all application parts and
obtain a single measurement value. If the applied parts pertain to different anti-shock types, test
all applied parts of the same type respectively by type in auto or step mode.
• Performing the test
1. On the main panel, insert the DUT plug into the auxiliary output on the front panel of the 601
PRO tester when there is no power on the output end, and then turn on the DUT.
2. Connect the applied part of the device to an available applied part terminal of the 601 PRO
tester.
3. Press 6. The patient leakage current test appears on the screen and the test begins.

4. Tap APPLIED PART (soft key 4) to select the required applied part leakage current.
5. Press the corresponding soft key on the panel of the 601 PRO tester to modify the output
configurations of the tester front panel.
6. Press the print key to print the latest measurements.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 439
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

6-Patient leakage current test
Figure9–3 Patient leakage current

• NOTICE
Except the probe, if the device uses ECG, the patient leakage current should also be tested.
If the adopted current test standard does not incorporate the DC value of the patient leakage
current, or the DC option is unavailable, the measured DC value cannot be obtained through
the APPLIED PART soft key.
• FAIL
Check whether the application parts are damaged and replace the failed part.
Check whether the ECG is damaged and replace the failed part.
Check whether the power unit is damaged. If it partially fails, replace the failed part.
Check whether grid power cables are bent, in poor contact, or damaged.
Test the AC current output on the wall. Check that the ground is good and no cable exceptions
occur. Notify the user or owner to correct related deviations. Check whether any surrounding
operating power output can be used for substitution.
Replace the probe to check whether the failure is caused by the main unit.
If the leakage current test on the new component fails and the problem cannot be rectified,
submit a safety failure report to prove the system problem and remove this component.
If the test fails on other units, stop using the device and notify customer service engineers to
analyze or handle the problem.
Limit
All countries
Applicable to the ECG input and probe of the BF type device:
100 μA (normal)
500 μA (single fault condition)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 440
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

7-Patient leakage current test under the condition of applied parts plus mains voltage
Overview
Patient leakage current test under the condition of applied parts plus mains voltage: In the case
of applied parts plus 110% mains voltage, select the applied part terminal. The leakage current
test is performed between the selected application part and the ground. Under the displayed
normal polarity and reversed polarity conditions, measure the leakage current for the
application part plus 110% mains voltage.
The following output conditions are required for this test:
Normal Polarity;
Reversed Polarity
Test process
• Preparations
Tap CAL (soft key 2) to perform calibration for the test of applied parts plus mains voltage.
1. Disconnect all patient leads and test the output connection between the leads and the DUT.
2. Press CAL to start calibration, as shown in the following figure:

If the calibration fails, the saved value is used until an acceptable calibration value appears.
The Esc/Stop key is invalid during calibration.
3. After the calibration is completed, the patient leakage current test under the condition of
applied parts plus mains voltage appears on the screen.
• WARNING
1. If two beeps per second are generated during the calibration, high voltage occurs on the
applied part terminal.
2. High voltage may occur on the applied part terminal during the measurement test.
• Performing the test
1. On the main panel, insert the DUT plug into the auxiliary output on the front panel of the 601
PRO tester when there is no power on the output end.
2. Connect the applied part of the device to an available applied part terminal of the 601 PRO
tester.
3. Tap 7. The patient leakage current test under the condition of applied parts plus mains
voltage appears on the screen.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 441
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

7-Patient leakage current test under the condition of applied parts plus mains voltage

4. Press a proper soft key to select the required applied part test and output configurations.
5. Tap START TEST (soft key 1) to start the test.
6. Press the print key to print the latest measurements.

Figure9–4 Leakage current on the major applied part

• NOTICE
1. Except the probe, if the device uses ECG, the patient leakage current of the applied parts
plus mains voltage should also be tested.
2. If all applied parts pertain to the same type, connect all applied parts and obtain a single
measurement value. If the applied parts pertain to different types, test all applied parts of the
same type respectively by type in auto or step mode.
• FAIL
Check whether the application parts are damaged and replace the failed part.
Check whether the ECG is damaged and replace the failed part.
Check whether the power unit is damaged. If it partially fails, replace the failed part.
Check whether grid power cables are bent, in poor contact, or damaged.
Test the AC current output on the wall. Check that the ground is good and no cable exceptions
occur. Notify the user or owner to correct related deviations. Check whether any surrounding
operating power output can be used for substitution.
Replace the probe to check whether the failure is caused by the probe.
If the leakage current test on the new component fails and the problem cannot be rectified,
submit a safety failure report to prove the system problem and remove this component.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 442
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

7-Patient leakage current test under the condition of applied parts plus mains voltage
If the test fails on other units, stop using the device and notify customer service engineers to
analyze or handle the problem.
Limit
All countries
Applicable to the ECG input and probe of the BF type device:
5000μA

Electrical Safety Inspection

8-Patient auxiliary current test
Overview
The patient auxiliary current test is performed between the selected ECG slot and remaining
ECG slots. All measurements can adopt the RMS value or DC value.
Test process
• Preparations
1. On the main panel, insert the DUT plug into the auxiliary output on the front panel of the 601
PRO tester when there is no power on the output end.
2. Connect the patient lead to an ECG slot on the 601 PRO tester.
3. Define the lead type in setup options.
4. Press 8. The patient auxiliary current test appears on the screen and the test begins. The
displayed value keeps updated until another test is selected.

5. Press 1 to 4 to select a leakage current test.

6. Tap APPLIED PART (soft key 4) to select the required applied part leakage current.
7. Press the corresponding soft key on the panel of the 601 PRO tester to modify the output
configurations of the tester front panel.
8. Press the print key to print the latest measurements.

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 443
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Electrical Safety Inspection

8-Patient auxiliary current test
Figure9–5 Patient auxiliary current

• NOTICE
If the adopted current test standard does not incorporate the DC value of the patient auxiliary
current, or the DC option is unavailable, the DC value cannot be obtained through the APPLIED
PART soft key.
• FAIL
Check whether the AC cable is damaged. If it partially fails, replace it.
Check whether the shell is damaged and replace the failed part.
Check whether grid power cables are bent, in poor contact, or damaged.
Test the AC current output on the wall. Check that the ground is good and no cable exceptions
occur. Notify the user or owner to correct related deviations. Check whether any surrounding
operating power output can be used for substitution.
Replace the probe to check whether the failure is caused by the probe.
If the leakage current test on the new component fails and the problem cannot be rectified,
submit a safety failure report to prove the system problem and stop this device.
If the test fails on other units, stop using the device and notify customer service engineers to
analyze or handle the problem.
Limit
All countries
Applicable to the ECG input and probe of the BF type device:
100 μA (normal)
500 μA (single fault condition)

Electrical safety checklist

Class I device
Overview:

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 444
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

□ Regular check Test items: 1, 2, and 3

□ Maintenance without disassembly Test items: 1, 2, and 3
□ Maintenance with disassembly but not Test items: 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5
modifying the power part (including the
transformer or patient circuit board)
□ Maintenance with disassembly and modifying Test items: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8
the power part (including the transformer or
patient circuit board)

Position Engineer
Device Code
Manufacturer Model Serial number
Measurement device/SN Calibration date
Inspection and Test Pass/Fail/ Remarks
NA
1 Power cord plug
2 Device shell and accessories
3 Device labeling
4 Protection Ω Limit: 0.2 Ω
ground
impedance
5 Earth leakage Normal condition ____μA Limit
current (NC) NC: 500μA
Single fault ____μA SFC: 1000μA
condition (SFC)
6* Patient leakage Normal condition □BF____μA Limit
current (NC) BF application
Single fault □BF____μA type
condition (SFC) NC: 100μA
SFC: 500μA
7* Patient leakage current test under the □BF____μA Limit
condition of applied parts plus mains BF application
voltage type
5000μA
8* Patient auxiliary Normal condition □BF____μA Limit
current (NC) NC: 100μA
Single fault □BF____μA SFC: 500μA
condition (SFC)

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 445
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
9 Appendix
Service Manual

Name: _____________________________ Date/Signature:

_________________________________

Revision:1.0(2023-01-12) 446